華嚴經 品三十九 入法界品 · 德生童子·有德童女(會緣入實相·別九)Avataṃsaka Sūtra · Entering the Dharma Realm · The Boy Virtue-Born and the Maiden Endowed with Virtue (The Conditions Gathered and Entering the Real: The Ninth of the Particulars)
第五十位善知識,是一個童子和一個童女,二人一起說話。
他們所證的解脫,名叫「幻住」。十句「皆幻住」——世界是、眾生是、法是、三世是、國土是;到最後三句,聲聞辟支佛是,菩薩是,連菩薩所作的一切也是。
不是『幻滅』,是「幻住」。住,就是仍在其中作事。
說完這一句,二人就不再說自己了。全子四千多字,約九成在說下一位——彌勒在海岸國大莊嚴園的樓閣裡;你到那裡去,這樣問;不要修一樣就以為到頂了;求善知識不應疲倦;善知識如慈母、如慈父、如乳母、如教師……
「善知識」三字,這一節出現了六十五次。
末句是:「一切菩薩成就佛法,皆由善知識力,以善知識而為根本,依善知識生,依善知識出,依善知識長,依善知識住,善知識為因緣,善知識能發起。」
知道一切是幻的人,才說得出這五個字而不落一個依賴——『依善知識生』。
且看到此地。
The fiftieth good friend is a boy and a maiden, the two of them speaking together.
The liberation they have realized is named 「幻住」 tr. “the abiding in illusion.” Ten clauses of 「皆幻住」 tr. “are all the abiding in illusion” — worlds are, sentient beings are, dharmas are, the three times are, lands are; and by the last three clauses, śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas are, bodhisattvas are, and even everything bodhisattvas do is.
Not ‘illusion vanished,’ but 「幻住」 tr. “the abiding in illusion.” To abide is to be still within it, doing what is to be done.
Having said this one thing, the two of them say no more about themselves. The whole unit runs to over four thousand graphs, and some nine parts in ten of it speak of the next one — Maitreya is within the storeyed pavilion in the park Great Adornment in the land Sea Shore; go there, and ask in this way; do not cultivate one thing and suppose you have reached the summit; in seeking good friends do not weary; good friends are like a kind mother, like a kind father, like a wet-nurse, like a teacher …
The three graphs 「善知識」 tr. “good friend” occur sixty-five times in this section.
The closing clause is: 「一切菩薩成就佛法,皆由善知識力,以善知識而為根本,依善知識生,依善知識出,依善知識長,依善知識住,善知識為因緣,善知識能發起。」 tr. “All the accomplishing of the Buddha-Dharma by bodhisattvas is by the power of good friends, takes good friends as its root, is born depending on good friends, comes forth depending on good friends, grows depending on good friends, abides depending on good friends; good friends are its cause and condition, and good friends are what set it in motion.”
Only one who knows that everything is an illusion can say these five graphs without falling into a single dependency — ‘born depending on good friends.’
Let it stand here for now.
〔T10 0419〕 爾時,善財童子漸次南行,至妙意華門城,見德生童子、有德童女,頂禮其足,右遶畢已,於前合掌而作是言:「聖者!我已先發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心,而未知菩薩云何學菩薩行?云何修菩薩道?唯願慈哀,為我宣說!」 時,童子、童女告善財言: 「善男子!我等證得菩薩解脫,名為:幻住。得此解脫故,見一切世界皆幻住,因緣所生故;一切眾生皆幻住,業煩惱所起故;一切世間皆幻住,無明、有愛等展轉緣生故;一切法皆幻住,我見等種種幻緣所生故;一切三世皆幻住,我見等顛倒智所生故;一切眾生生滅、生老病死、憂悲苦惱皆幻住,虛妄分別所生故;一切國土皆幻住,想倒、心倒、見倒無明所現故;一切聲聞、辟支佛皆幻住,智斷分別所成故;一切菩薩皆幻住,能自調伏教化眾生諸行願法之所成故;一切菩薩眾會、變化、調伏、諸所施為皆幻住,願智幻所成故。善男子!幻境自性不可思議。 〔T10 0420〕 「善男子!我等二人但能知此幻住解脫。如諸菩薩摩訶薩善入無邊諸事幻網,彼功德行,我等云何能知能說?」 時,童子、童女說自解脫已,以不思議諸善根力,令善財身柔軟光澤,而告之言: 「善男子!於此南方,有國名:海岸,有園名:大莊嚴,其中有一廣大樓閣,名:毘盧遮那莊嚴藏,從菩薩善根果報生,從菩薩念力、願力、自在力、神通力生,從菩薩善巧方便生,從菩薩福德智慧生。 「善男子!住不思議解脫菩薩,以大悲心,為諸眾生,現如是境界,集如是莊嚴。彌勒菩薩摩訶薩安處其中,為欲攝受本所生處父母、眷屬及諸人民,令成熟故;又欲令彼同受生、同修行眾生,於大乘中得堅固故;又欲令彼一切眾生,隨住地、隨善根皆成就故;又欲為汝顯示菩薩解脫門故,顯示菩薩遍一切處受生自在故,顯示菩薩以種種身普現一切眾生之前常教化故,顯示菩薩以大悲力普攝一切世間資財而不厭故,顯示菩薩具修諸行知一切行離諸相故,顯示菩薩處處受生了一切生皆無相故。汝詣彼問:菩薩云何行菩薩行?云何修菩薩道?云何學菩薩戒?云何淨菩薩心?云何發菩薩願?云何集菩薩助道具?云何入菩薩所住地?云何滿菩薩波羅蜜?云何獲菩薩無生忍?云何具菩薩功德法?云何事菩薩善知識? 「何以故?善男子!彼菩薩摩訶薩通達一切菩薩行,了知一切眾生心,常現其前教化調伏。彼菩薩已滿一切波羅蜜,已住一切菩薩地,已證一切菩薩忍,已入一切菩薩位,已蒙授與具足記,已遊一切菩薩境,已得一切佛神力,已蒙一切如來以一切智甘露法水而灌其頂。善男子!彼善知識能潤澤汝諸善根,能增長汝菩提心,能堅汝志,能益汝善,能長汝菩薩根,能示汝無礙法,能令汝入普賢地,能為汝說菩薩願,能為汝說普賢行,能為汝說一切菩薩行願所成功德。 「善男子!汝不應修一善、照一法、行一行、發一願、得一記、住一忍,生究竟想;不應以限量心,行於六度,住於十地,淨佛國土,事善知識。何以故?善男子!菩薩摩訶薩應種無量諸善根,應集無量菩提具,應修無量菩提因,應學無量巧迴向,應化無量眾生界,應知無量眾生心,應知無量眾生根,應識無量眾生解,應觀無量眾生行,應調伏無量眾生,應斷無量煩惱,應淨無量業習,應滅無量邪見,應除無量雜染心,應發無量清淨心,應拔無量苦毒箭,應涸無量愛欲海,應破無量無明暗,應摧無量我慢山,應斷無量生死縛,應度無量諸有流,應竭無量受生海,應令無量眾生出五欲淤泥,應使無量眾生離三界牢獄,應置無量眾生於聖道中,應消滅無量貪欲行,應淨治無量瞋恚行,應摧破無量愚癡行,應超無量魔網,應離無量魔業,應淨治菩薩無量欲樂,應增長菩薩無量方便,應出生菩薩無量增上根,應明潔菩薩無量決定解,應趣入菩薩無量平等,應清淨菩薩無量功德,應修治菩薩無量諸行,應示現菩薩無量隨順世間行,應生無量淨信力,應住無量精進力,應淨無量正念力,應滿無量三昧力,應起無量淨慧力,應堅無量勝解力,應集無量福德力,應長無量智慧力,應發起無量菩薩力,應圓滿無量如來力,應分別無量法門,應了知無量法門,應清淨無量法門,應生無量法光明,應作無量法照耀,應照無量品類根,應知無量煩惱病,應集無量妙法藥,應療無量眾生疾,應嚴辦無量甘露供,應往詣無量佛國土,應供養無量諸如來,應入無量菩薩會,應受無量諸佛教,應忍無量眾生罪,應滅無量惡道難,應令無量眾生生善道,應以四攝攝無量眾生,應修無量總持門,應生無量大願門,應修無量大慈、大願力,應勤求無量法常無休息,應起無量思惟力,應起無量神通事,應淨無量智光明,應往無量眾生趣,應受無量諸有生,應現無量差別身,應知無量言辭法,應入無量差別心,應知菩薩大境界,應住菩薩大宮殿,應觀菩薩甚深妙法,應知菩薩難知境界,應行菩薩難行諸行,應具菩薩尊重威德,應踐菩薩難入正位,應知菩薩種種諸行,應現菩薩普遍神力,應受菩薩平等法雲,應廣菩薩無邊行網,應滿菩薩無邊諸度,應受菩薩無量記別,應入菩薩無量忍門,應治菩薩無量諸地,應淨菩薩無量法門,應同諸菩薩,安住無邊劫,供養無量佛,嚴淨不可說佛國土,出生不可說菩薩願。善男子!舉要言之,應普修一切菩薩行,應普化一切眾生界,應普入一切劫,應普生一切處,應普知一切世,應普行一切法,應普淨一切剎,應普滿一切願,應普供一切佛,應普同一切菩薩願,應普事一切善知識。 〔T10 0421〕 「善男子!汝求善知識,不應疲倦;見善知識,勿生厭足;請問善知識,勿憚勞苦;親近善知識,勿懷退轉;供養善知識,不應休息;受善知識教,不應倒錯;學善知識行,不應疑惑;聞善知識演說出離門,不應猶豫;見善知識隨順煩惱行,勿生嫌怪;於善知識所生深信尊敬心,不應變改。何以故?善男子!菩薩因善知識,聽聞一切菩薩諸行,成就一切菩薩功德,出生一切菩薩大願,引發一切菩薩善根,積集一切菩薩助道,開發一切菩薩法光明,顯示一切菩薩出離門,修學一切菩薩清淨戒,安住一切菩薩功德法,清淨一切菩薩廣大志,增長一切菩薩堅固心,具足一切菩薩陀羅尼辯才門,得一切菩薩清淨藏,生一切菩薩定光明,得一切菩薩殊勝願,與一切菩薩同一願,聞一切菩薩殊勝法,得一切菩薩祕密處,至一切菩薩法寶洲,增一切菩薩善根芽,長一切菩薩智慧身,護一切菩薩深密藏,持一切菩薩福德聚,淨一切菩薩受生道,受一切菩薩正法雲,入一切菩薩大願路,趣一切如來菩提果,攝取一切菩薩妙行,開示一切菩薩功德,往一切方聽受妙法,讚一切菩薩廣大威德,生一切菩薩大慈悲力,攝一切菩薩勝自在力,生一切菩薩菩提分,作一切菩薩利益事。 「善男子!菩薩由善知識任持,不墮惡趣;由善知識攝受,不退大乘;由善知識護念,不毀犯菩薩戒;由善知識守護,不隨逐惡知識;由善知識養育,不缺減菩薩法;由善知識攝取,超越凡夫地;由善知識教誨,超越二乘地;由善知識示導,得出離世間;由善知識長養,能不染世法;由承事善知識,修一切菩薩行;由供養善知識,具一切助道法;由親近善知識,不為業惑之所摧伏;由恃怙善知識,勢力堅固,不怖諸魔;由依止善知識,增長一切菩提分法。何以故?善男子!善知識者,能淨諸障,能滅諸罪,能除諸難,能止諸惡,能破無明長夜黑暗,能壞諸見堅固牢獄,能出生死城,能捨世俗家,能截諸魔網,能拔眾苦箭,能離無智險難處,能出邪見大曠野,能度諸有流,能離諸邪道,能示菩提路,能教菩薩法,能令安住菩薩行,能令趣向一切智,能淨智慧眼,能長菩提心,能生大悲,能演妙行,能說波羅蜜,能擯惡知識,能令住諸地,能令獲諸忍,能令修習一切善根,能令成辦一切道具,能施與一切大功德,能令到一切種智位,能令歡喜集功德,能令踊躍修諸行,能令趣入甚深義,能令開示出離門,能令杜絕諸惡道,能令以法光照耀,能令以法雨潤澤,能令消滅一切惑,能令捨離一切見,能令增長一切佛智慧,能令安住一切佛法門。 「善男子!善知識者,如慈母,出生佛種故;如慈父,廣大利益故;如乳母,守護不令作惡故;如教師,示其菩薩所學故;如善導,能示波羅蜜道故;如良醫,能治煩惱諸病故;如雪山,增長一切智藥故;如勇將,殄除一切怖畏故;如濟客,令出生死暴流故;如船師,令到智慧寶洲故。善男子!常當如是正念思惟諸善知識。 「復次,善男子!汝承事一切善知識,應發如大地心,荷負重任無疲倦故;應發如金剛心,志願堅固不可壞故;應發如鐵圍山心,一切諸苦無能動故;應發如給侍心,所有教令皆隨順故;應發如弟子心,所有訓誨無違逆故;應發如僮僕心,不厭一切諸作務故;應發如養母心,受諸勤苦不告勞故;應發如傭作心,隨所受教無違逆故;應發如除糞人心,離憍慢故;應發如已熟稼心,能低下故;應發如良馬心,離惡性故;應發如大車心,能運重故;應發如調順象心,恒伏從故;應發如須彌山心,不傾動故;應發如良犬心,不害主故;應發如旃荼羅心,離憍慢故;應發如犗牛心,無威怒故;應發如舟船心,往來不倦故;應發如橋梁心,濟渡忘疲故;應發如孝子心,承順顏色故;應發如王子心,遵行教命故。 「復次,善男子!汝應於自身生病苦想,於善知識生醫王想,於所說法生良藥想,於所修行生除病想;又應於自身生遠行想,於善知識生導師想,於所說法生正道想,於所修行生遠達想;又應於自身生求度想,於善知識生船師想,於所說法生舟檝想,於所修行生到岸想;又應於自身生苗稼想,於善知識生龍王想,於所說法生時雨想,於所修行生成熟想;又應於自身生貧窮想,於善知識生毘沙門王想,於所說法生財寶想,於所修行生富饒想;又應於自身生弟子想,於善知識生良工想,於所說法生技藝想,於所修行生了知想;又應於自身生恐怖想,於善知識生勇健想,於所說法生器仗想,於所修行生破怨想;又應於自身生商人想,於善知識生導師想,於所說法生珍寶想,於所修行生捃拾想;又應於自身生兒子想,於善知識生父母想,於所說法生家業想,於所修行生紹繼想;又應於自身生王子想,於善知識生大臣想,於所說法生王教想,於所修行生冠王冠想、服王服想、繫王繒想、坐王殿想。 〔T10 0422〕 「善男子!汝應發如是心,作如是意近善知識。何以故?以如是心近善知識,令其志願永得清淨。 「復次,善男子!善知識者長諸善根,譬如雪山長諸藥草;善知識者是佛法器,譬如大海吞納眾流;善知識者是功德處,譬如大海出生眾寶;善知識者淨菩提心,譬如猛火能鍊真金;善知識者出過世法,如須彌山出於大海;善知識者不染世法,譬如蓮華不著於水;善知識者不受諸惡,譬如大海不宿死屍;善知識者增長白法,譬如白月光色圓滿;善知識者照明法界,譬如盛日照四天下;善知識者長菩薩身,譬如父母養育兒子。 「善男子!以要言之,菩薩摩訶薩若能隨順善知識教,得十不可說百千億那由他功德,淨十不可說百千億那由他深心,長十不可說百千億那由他菩薩根,淨十不可說百千億那由他菩薩力,斷十不可說百千億阿僧祇障,超十不可說百千億阿僧祇魔境,入十不可說百千億阿僧祇法門,滿十不可說百千億阿僧祇助道,修十不可說百千億阿僧祇妙行,發十不可說百千億阿僧祇大願。 「善男子!我復略說一切菩薩行、一切菩薩波羅蜜、一切菩薩地、一切菩薩忍、一切菩薩總持門、一切菩薩三昧門、一切菩薩神通智、一切菩薩迴向、一切菩薩願。一切菩薩成就佛法,皆由善知識力,以善知識而為根本,依善知識生,依善知識出,依善知識長,依善知識住,善知識為因緣,善知識能發起。」 時,善財童子聞善知識如是功德,能開示無量菩薩妙行,能成就無量廣大佛法,踊躍歡喜,頂禮德生及有德足,遶無量匝,慇懃瞻仰,辭退而去。
The canonical text stands in Chinese only. This edition renders the essence, the plain reading, the exposition and the apparatus into English — never the sūtra itself. Switch to 漢讀本 or 並行雙語 above to read it.
依教趣求·見敬諮問(澄觀科):到妙意華門城,見一童子一童女
那時候,善財童子漸漸地往南行,到了妙意華門城,見到德生童子、有德童女,向他們的足下頂禮,右繞已畢,在他們面前合起掌來這樣說:
「聖者!我先前已經發了無上正等正覺之心,可是還不知道菩薩該怎樣學菩薩行?怎樣修菩薩道?唯願您們慈悲哀愍,為我宣說!」
示己法門·標名(澄觀科):我等所證的解脫,名叫幻住
那時候,童子、童女告訴善財說:
「善男子!我們兩人所證得的菩薩解脫,名叫『幻住』。
別明十幻(澄觀科):十處都是幻住,各有各的緣
「因為得了這個解脫的緣故,見到一切世界都是幻住,是因緣所生的緣故;一切眾生都是幻住,是業與煩惱所生起的緣故;一切世間都是幻住,是無明、有愛等等輾轉相緣而生的緣故;一切法都是幻住,是我見等等種種幻緣所生的緣故;一切三世都是幻住,是我見等等顛倒之智所生的緣故;一切眾生的生滅、生老病死、憂悲苦惱都是幻住,是虛妄分別所生的緣故;一切國土都是幻住,是想的顛倒、心的顛倒、見的顛倒與無明所顯現的緣故;一切聲聞、辟支佛都是幻住,是智斷分別所成就的緣故;一切菩薩都是幻住,是能自己調伏、教化眾生的種種行願之法所成就的緣故;一切菩薩的眾會、變化、調伏、所有的施設作為都是幻住,是願與智之幻所成就的緣故。
結歎(澄觀科):幻境的自性,不可思議
「善男子!幻境的自性不可思議。
謙己推勝(澄觀科):我們兩人只知道這一個
「善男子!我們兩個人只能知道這一個幻住解脫。至於諸位菩薩摩訶薩,他們善於進入無邊的諸事幻網——他們的功德之行,我們又怎麼能夠知道、能夠宣說呢?」
以力冥加(澄觀科):先不說話,先讓他的身柔軟起來
那時候,童子、童女說完自己的解脫之後,用不可思議的諸善根之力,令善財的身體柔軟光澤,然後告訴他說:
指處(澄觀科):海岸國·大莊嚴園·毘盧遮那莊嚴藏樓閣
「善男子!在這裡的南方,有一個國,名叫『海岸』;有一座園,名叫『大莊嚴』;那當中有一座廣大的樓閣,名叫『毘盧遮那莊嚴藏』——它從菩薩善根的果報而生,從菩薩的念力、願力、自在力、神通力而生,從菩薩的善巧方便而生,從菩薩的福德智慧而生。
示人·顯住因(依澄觀科·今語提挈):彌勒在那當中,為的是這些事
「善男子!安住在不可思議解脫的菩薩,用大悲之心,為了諸眾生,顯現這樣的境界,聚集這樣的莊嚴。彌勒菩薩摩訶薩安處在那當中——是為了要攝受他本來所生之處的父母、眷屬以及諸人民,令他們成熟的緣故;又為了要令那些與他同受生、同修行的眾生,在大乘之中得到堅固的緣故;又為了要令那一切眾生,隨著各自所住的地、隨著各自的善根都得成就的緣故;又為了要替你顯示菩薩的解脫門的緣故,顯示菩薩遍一切處受生自在的緣故,顯示菩薩用種種身普遍現在一切眾生之前常常教化的緣故,顯示菩薩用大悲之力普遍攝取一切世間的資財而不厭倦的緣故,顯示菩薩具足修習諸行、了知一切行而離諸相的緣故,顯示菩薩處處受生而了達一切生都無相的緣故。
教問(澄觀科):你到那裡去,這樣問
「你到他那裡去問:菩薩怎樣行菩薩行?怎樣修菩薩道?怎樣學菩薩戒?怎樣淨菩薩心?怎樣發菩薩願?怎樣集菩薩的助道之具?怎樣入菩薩所住之地?怎樣圓滿菩薩的波羅蜜?怎樣獲得菩薩的無生忍?怎樣具足菩薩的功德之法?怎樣承事菩薩的善知識?
通顯彌勒德圓位滿(澄觀科):為什麼要這樣廣問
「為什麼呢?善男子!那位菩薩摩訶薩通達一切菩薩之行,了知一切眾生之心,常常現在他們面前教化調伏。那位菩薩已經圓滿一切波羅蜜,已經安住一切菩薩之地,已經證得一切菩薩之忍,已經進入一切菩薩之位,已經蒙受授與具足之記,已經遊歷一切菩薩之境,已經得到一切佛的神力,已經蒙受一切如來用一切智的甘露法水而灌他的頂。
別顯真善友(澄觀科):他能在你身上做的十件事
「善男子!那位善知識能潤澤你的諸善根,能增長你的菩提心,能堅固你的志,能增益你的善,能長養你的菩薩之根,能開示你無礙之法,能令你進入普賢之地,能為你說菩薩之願,能為你說普賢之行,能為你說一切菩薩行願所成就的功德。
誡去劣·標不應(澄觀科):不要修一樣就以為到頂了
「善男子!你不應當修一樣善、照一種法、行一種行、發一個願、得一個記、住一種忍,就生起究竟之想;不應當用有限量的心,去行六度,去住十地,去淨佛國土,去承事善知識。
應修諸門(依澄觀科·今語提挈):應當這樣廣修——上求菩提·下救眾生
「為什麼呢?善男子!菩薩摩訶薩應當種無量的諸善根,應當集無量的菩提之具,應當修無量的菩提之因,應當學無量的巧妙迴向,應當化度無量的眾生界,應當了知無量眾生之心,應當了知無量眾生之根,應當識知無量眾生之解,應當觀察無量眾生之行,應當調伏無量的眾生,
應修諸門(二·澄觀科):自斷惑障·勸物出離
「應當斷無量的煩惱,應當淨無量的業習,應當滅無量的邪見,應當除無量的雜染之心,應當發無量的清淨之心,應當拔無量的苦毒之箭,應當涸竭無量的愛欲之海,應當破無量的無明之暗,應當摧無量的我慢之山,應當斷無量的生死繫縛,應當度無量的諸有之流,應當竭盡無量的受生之海,應當令無量眾生出離五欲的淤泥,應當使無量眾生離開三界的牢獄,應當安置無量眾生在聖道之中,
應修諸門(三·澄觀科):淨自根欲·力用自在
「應當消滅無量的貪欲之行,應當淨治無量的瞋恚之行,應當摧破無量的愚癡之行,應當超越無量的魔網,應當遠離無量的魔業,應當淨治菩薩無量的欲樂,應當增長菩薩無量的方便,應當出生菩薩無量的增上之根,應當明潔菩薩無量的決定之解,應當趣入菩薩無量的平等,應當清淨菩薩無量的功德,應當修治菩薩無量的諸行,應當示現菩薩無量隨順世間之行,應當生無量的淨信之力,應當住無量的精進之力,應當淨無量的正念之力,應當滿無量的三昧之力,應當起無量的淨慧之力,應當堅固無量的勝解之力,應當集無量的福德之力,應當長養無量的智慧之力,應當發起無量的菩薩之力,應當圓滿無量的如來之力,
應修諸門(四·澄觀科):攝法治惑·供佛攝生
「應當分別無量的法門,應當了知無量的法門,應當清淨無量的法門,應當生無量的法光明,應當作無量的法照耀,應當照無量品類的根,應當了知無量的煩惱之病,應當集無量的妙法之藥,應當療治無量眾生之疾,應當嚴辦無量的甘露之供,應當往詣無量的佛國土,應當供養無量的諸如來,應當入無量的菩薩之會,應當領受無量諸佛之教,應當忍無量眾生之罪,應當滅無量惡道之難,應當令無量眾生生在善道,應當用四攝去攝受無量眾生,
應修諸門(五·澄觀科):悲願深廣·證入圓滿
「應當修無量的總持門,應當生無量的大願門,應當修無量的大慈、大願之力,應當勤求無量之法常常沒有休息,應當起無量的思惟之力,應當起無量的神通之事,應當淨無量的智光明,應當往無量的眾生趣,應當受無量諸有之生,應當現無量的差別之身,應當了知無量的言辭之法,應當入無量的差別之心,應當了知菩薩的大境界,應當住菩薩的大宮殿,應當觀菩薩甚深的妙法,應當了知菩薩難知的境界,應當行菩薩難行的諸行,應當具足菩薩尊重的威德,應當踐履菩薩難入的正位,應當了知菩薩種種的諸行,應當顯現菩薩普遍的神力,應當領受菩薩平等的法雲,應當廣大菩薩無邊的行網,應當圓滿菩薩無邊的諸度,應當領受菩薩無量的記別,應當入菩薩無量的忍門,應當修治菩薩無量的諸地,應當清淨菩薩無量的法門,應當與諸菩薩同樣,安住無邊之劫,供養無量之佛,嚴淨不可說的佛國土,出生不可說的菩薩之願。
結略顯廣(澄觀科):舉其要而言,十一句『普』
「善男子!舉其要點而言:應當普遍修一切菩薩行,應當普遍化度一切眾生界,應當普遍入一切劫,應當普遍生在一切處,應當普遍知一切世,應當普遍行一切法,應當普遍淨一切剎,應當普遍滿一切願,應當普遍供養一切佛,應當普遍同於一切菩薩之願,應當普遍承事一切善知識。
誡去過(澄觀科):求善知識的十種不應當
「善男子!你求善知識,不應當疲倦;見善知識,不要生厭足;請問善知識,不要害怕勞苦;親近善知識,不要懷著退轉之心;供養善知識,不應當休息;領受善知識之教,不應當顛倒錯亂;學善知識之行,不應當疑惑;聽聞善知識演說出離之門,不應當猶豫;見善知識隨順煩惱而行,不要生嫌棄怪責之心;對善知識所生的深信尊敬之心,不應當改變。
舉益釋成(澄觀科):菩薩因善知識而得的三十五件事
「為什麼呢?善男子!菩薩因為善知識,才聽聞一切菩薩的諸行,成就一切菩薩的功德,出生一切菩薩的大願,引發一切菩薩的善根,積集一切菩薩的助道,開發一切菩薩的法光明,顯示一切菩薩的出離之門,修學一切菩薩的清淨戒,安住一切菩薩的功德之法,清淨一切菩薩的廣大之志,增長一切菩薩的堅固之心,具足一切菩薩的陀羅尼辯才門,得一切菩薩的清淨藏,生一切菩薩的定光明,得一切菩薩的殊勝之願,與一切菩薩同一個願,聞一切菩薩的殊勝之法,得一切菩薩的祕密之處,至一切菩薩的法寶之洲,增一切菩薩的善根之芽,長一切菩薩的智慧之身,護一切菩薩的深密之藏,持一切菩薩的福德之聚,淨一切菩薩的受生之道,受一切菩薩的正法之雲,入一切菩薩的大願之路,趣一切如來的菩提之果,攝取一切菩薩的妙行,開示一切菩薩的功德,往一切方去聽受妙法,讚一切菩薩的廣大威德,生一切菩薩的大慈悲力,攝一切菩薩的勝自在力,生一切菩薩的菩提分,作一切菩薩的利益之事。
外護正明(澄觀科):由善知識,才不落到那些地方去
「善男子!菩薩由於善知識的任持,不墮惡趣;由於善知識的攝受,不退大乘;由於善知識的護念,不毀犯菩薩戒;由於善知識的守護,不隨逐惡知識;由於善知識的養育,不缺減菩薩之法;由於善知識的攝取,超越凡夫之地;由於善知識的教誨,超越二乘之地;由於善知識的示導,得以出離世間;由於善知識的長養,能夠不染世法;由於承事善知識,修一切菩薩行;由於供養善知識,具足一切助道之法;由於親近善知識,不被業與惑所摧伏;由於仗恃依怙善知識,勢力堅固,不怖畏諸魔;由於依止善知識,增長一切菩提分之法。
外護舉因(澄觀科):善知識者,能……四十一句
「為什麼呢?善男子!善知識這件事,能淨諸障,能滅諸罪,能除諸難,能止諸惡,能破無明長夜的黑暗,能壞諸見堅固的牢獄,能出生死之城,能捨世俗之家,能截諸魔之網,能拔眾苦之箭,能離無智的險難之處,能出邪見的大曠野,能度諸有之流,能離諸邪道,能示菩提之路,能教菩薩之法,能令人安住菩薩行,能令人趣向一切智,能淨智慧之眼,能長菩提之心,能生大悲,能演妙行,能說波羅蜜,能擯棄惡知識,能令人住諸地,能令人獲諸忍,能令人修習一切善根,能令人成辦一切道具,能施與一切大功德,能令人到一切種智之位,能令人歡喜集功德,能令人踊躍修諸行,能令人趣入甚深之義,能令人開示出離之門,能令人杜絕諸惡道,能令人以法光照耀,能令人以法雨潤澤,能令人消滅一切惑,能令人捨離一切見,能令人增長一切佛的智慧,能令人安住一切佛的法門。
教念友勝德(澄觀科):十個比喻
「善男子!善知識這件事——如同慈母,出生佛種的緣故;如同慈父,廣大利益的緣故;如同乳母,守護不令作惡的緣故;如同教師,開示他菩薩所學的緣故;如同善於引導的人,能開示波羅蜜之道的緣故;如同良醫,能治煩惱諸病的緣故;如同雪山,增長一切智之藥的緣故;如同勇將,殄除一切怖畏的緣故;如同救濟渡客的人,令人出離生死暴流的緣故;如同船師,令人到達智慧寶洲的緣故。善男子!你應當常常這樣正念思惟諸善知識。
教起事友心行(澄觀科):廿一種應當發的心
「再說,善男子!你承事一切善知識,應當發如同大地的心,荷負重任而無疲倦的緣故;應當發如同金剛的心,志願堅固不可破壞的緣故;應當發如同鐵圍山的心,一切諸苦都不能動的緣故;應當發如同給侍者的心,所有教令都隨順的緣故;應當發如同弟子的心,所有訓誨都不違逆的緣故;應當發如同僮僕的心,不厭一切諸作務的緣故;應當發如同養母的心,受諸勤苦而不訴說勞累的緣故;應當發如同受雇作工者的心,隨所受教而不違逆的緣故;應當發如同除糞人的心,離憍慢的緣故;應當發如同已熟稻穗的心,能低下的緣故;應當發如同良馬的心,離惡性的緣故;應當發如同大車的心,能運重的緣故;應當發如同調順之象的心,恒常伏從的緣故;應當發如同須彌山的心,不傾動的緣故;應當發如同良犬的心,不害主人的緣故;應當發如同旃荼羅(賤族)的心,離憍慢的緣故;應當發如同犗牛的心,沒有威怒的緣故;應當發如同舟船的心,往來不倦的緣故;應當發如同橋梁的心,濟渡而忘記疲勞的緣故;應當發如同孝子的心,承順顏色的緣故;應當發如同王子的心,遵行教命的緣故。
身友對辨(澄觀科):十對,每一對四件事
「再說,善男子!你應當對自身生病苦之想,對善知識生醫王之想,對所說之法生良藥之想,對所修之行生除病之想;又應當對自身生遠行之想,對善知識生導師之想,對所說之法生正道之想,對所修之行生遠達之想;又應當對自身生求度之想,對善知識生船師之想,對所說之法生舟楫之想,對所修之行生到岸之想;又應當對自身生苗稼之想,對善知識生龍王之想,對所說之法生時雨之想,對所修之行生成熟之想;又應當對自身生貧窮之想,對善知識生毘沙門王(多財之天王)之想,對所說之法生財寶之想,對所修之行生富饒之想;又應當對自身生弟子之想,對善知識生良工之想,對所說之法生技藝之想,對所修之行生了知之想;又應當對自身生恐怖之想,對善知識生勇健之想,對所說之法生器仗之想,對所修之行生破怨之想;又應當對自身生商人之想,對善知識生導師之想,對所說之法生珍寶之想,對所修之行生捃拾(拾取)之想;又應當對自身生兒子之想,對善知識生父母之想,對所說之法生家業之想,對所修之行生紹繼之想;又應當對自身生王子之想,對善知識生大臣之想,對所說之法生王教之想,對所修之行生戴王冠之想、穿王服之想、繫王之繒帶之想、坐王殿之想。
結勸成益(澄觀科):以這樣的心去親近
「善男子!你應當發這樣的心,作這樣的意去親近善知識。為什麼呢?用這樣的心去親近善知識,能令他的志願永遠得到清淨。
重讚十喻(依澄觀科·今語提挈):善知識者,譬如……
「再說,善男子!善知識能長養諸善根,譬如雪山長養諸藥草;善知識是佛法之器,譬如大海吞納眾流;善知識是功德之處,譬如大海出生眾寶;善知識能淨菩提心,譬如猛火能鍊真金;善知識出過世法,如同須彌山高出於大海;善知識不染世法,譬如蓮華不著於水;善知識不受諸惡,譬如大海不停宿死屍;善知識能增長白法(清淨之法),譬如白月光色圓滿;善知識照明法界,譬如盛日照耀四天下;善知識長養菩薩之身,譬如父母養育兒子。
寄數結多(澄觀科):隨順善知識之教,所得的十句
「善男子!扼要地說:菩薩摩訶薩如果能隨順善知識之教,就得十不可說百千億那由他(大數之名)的功德,淨十不可說百千億那由他的深心,長十不可說百千億那由他的菩薩之根,淨十不可說百千億那由他的菩薩之力,斷十不可說百千億阿僧祇(無數之名)的障,超十不可說百千億阿僧祇的魔境,入十不可說百千億阿僧祇的法門,滿十不可說百千億阿僧祇的助道,修十不可說百千億阿僧祇的妙行,發十不可說百千億阿僧祇的大願。
總收結多(澄觀科):一切都以善知識為根本
「善男子!我再簡略地說:一切菩薩行、一切菩薩波羅蜜、一切菩薩地、一切菩薩忍、一切菩薩總持門、一切菩薩三昧門、一切菩薩神通智、一切菩薩迴向、一切菩薩願——一切菩薩成就佛法,都是由於善知識之力,以善知識而為根本,依善知識而生,依善知識而出,依善知識而長,依善知識而住,善知識為因緣,善知識能發起。」
戀德禮辭(澄觀科):他聽見的是功德,帶走的也是
那時候,善財童子聽了善知識這樣的功德——能開示無量的菩薩妙行,能成就無量的廣大佛法——踊躍歡喜,向德生與有德的足下頂禮,繞行無量匝,慇懃地瞻仰,這才辭別退去。
Seeking in Accord with the Teaching · Seeing, Paying Respect, and Inquiring (Chengguan’s Outline): He Comes to the City Gate of Wondrous Intent Blossoms and Sees a Boy and a Maiden
At that time Sudhana the youth journeyed gradually southward and came to the city Gate of Wondrous Intent Blossoms, where he saw the boy Virtue-Born and the maiden Endowed with Virtue. He bowed to their feet, and when he had circled them to the right, he joined his palms before them and spoke in this way:
“Holy ones! I have already brought forth the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi, and yet I do not know how a bodhisattva is to study the bodhisattva practice, nor how a bodhisattva is to cultivate the bodhisattva path. I only pray that you, out of kindness and pity, will expound it for me!”
Displaying Their Own Dharma Gate · Setting Forth the Name (Chengguan’s Outline): The Liberation We Have Realized Is Named the Abiding in Illusion
At that time the boy and the maiden said to Sudhana:
“Son of good family! The bodhisattva liberation that the two of us have realized is named ‘the abiding in illusion.’
Setting Forth the Ten Illusions Separately (Chengguan’s Outline): Ten Places Are All the Abiding in Illusion, and Each Has Its Own Conditions
“Because we have gained this liberation, we see that all worlds are the abiding in illusion, since they are born of causes and conditions; that all sentient beings are the abiding in illusion, since they are raised up by deeds and by afflictions; that all worldly realms are the abiding in illusion, since ignorance, craving for existence, and the rest are born of conditions turning one upon another; that all dharmas are the abiding in illusion, since they are born of the view of a self and every other sort of illusory condition; that all three times are the abiding in illusion, since they are born of the inverted knowledge that takes the view of a self and the rest; that the arising and ceasing of all sentient beings, their birth, aging, sickness, and death, their grief, sorrow, suffering, and distress, are the abiding in illusion, since they are born of false discrimination; that all lands are the abiding in illusion, since they appear through the inversion of perception, the inversion of mind, the inversion of view, and ignorance; that all śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas are the abiding in illusion, since they are accomplished by the discrimination of knowledge and cutting off; that all bodhisattvas are the abiding in illusion, since they are accomplished by the dharmas of the many practices and vows by which one is able to tame oneself and to teach and transform sentient beings; that all the assemblies of bodhisattvas, their transformations, their taming, and every arrangement they set in motion are the abiding in illusion, since they are accomplished by the illusion of vow and knowledge.
The Concluding Praise (Chengguan’s Outline): The Own-Nature of the Realm of Illusion Is Beyond Conceiving
“Son of good family! The own-nature of the realm of illusion is beyond conceiving.
Humbling Themselves and Pointing to the Superior (Chengguan’s Outline): We Two Know Only This One
“Son of good family! We two persons are able to know only this one liberation of the abiding in illusion. But as for the bodhisattvas, the mahāsattvas, who enter well into the boundless net of illusion of all affairs — their practice of merit and virtue, how could we know it, and how could we expound it?”
Adding Their Power in the Unseen (Chengguan’s Outline): They Do Not Speak First, but First Make His Body Supple
At that time, when the boy and the maiden had finished setting forth their own liberation, they used the power of the many roots of good that are beyond conceiving to make Sudhana’s body supple and lustrous, and then said to him:
Pointing Out the Place (Chengguan’s Outline): The Land Sea Shore · The Park Great Adornment · The Storeyed Pavilion Vairocana Adornment Treasury
“Son of good family! South of here there is a land named ‘Sea Shore’; there is a park named ‘Great Adornment’; and within it there is a vast storeyed pavilion named ‘Vairocana Adornment Treasury’ — born of the fruit and recompense of the bodhisattva’s roots of good, born of the bodhisattva’s power of mindfulness, power of vow, power of mastery, and spiritual power, born of the bodhisattva’s skillful means, born of the bodhisattva’s merit and wisdom.
Pointing Out the Person · Displaying the Reasons for His Abiding There (Following Chengguan’s Outline · Set Forth in Present-Day Words): Maitreya Is Within It, and It Is for These Things
“Son of good family! A bodhisattva who abides in the liberation that is beyond conceiving, with a mind of great compassion and for the sake of all sentient beings, manifests a realm such as this and gathers together an adornment such as this. Maitreya, the bodhisattva, the mahāsattva, is settled within it — in order to take in the parents, the kinsfolk, and the people of the place where he was originally born, and to bring them to ripening; and further, in order to make those sentient beings who took birth together with him and cultivate together with him become firm within the Great Vehicle; and further, in order to make all those sentient beings accomplish everything according to the ground they abide in and according to their roots of good; and further, in order to display for you the bodhisattva’s gate of liberation, to display the bodhisattva’s mastery in taking birth everywhere, to display how the bodhisattva by every sort of body appears universally before all sentient beings and constantly teaches and transforms them, to display how the bodhisattva by the power of great compassion universally takes in all the goods and wealth of the world without wearying, to display how the bodhisattva is complete in cultivating the many practices and knows all practices and yet is apart from all marks, to display how the bodhisattva takes birth place after place and yet penetrates that all births are without marks.
The Teaching of the Question (Chengguan’s Outline): Go There, and Ask in This Way
“Go to him and ask: How is a bodhisattva to carry out the bodhisattva practice? How is a bodhisattva to cultivate the bodhisattva path? How is a bodhisattva to study the bodhisattva precepts? How is a bodhisattva to purify the bodhisattva mind? How is a bodhisattva to bring forth the bodhisattva vow? How is a bodhisattva to gather the bodhisattva’s equipment for aiding the path? How is a bodhisattva to enter the ground in which bodhisattvas abide? How is a bodhisattva to fulfill the bodhisattva perfections? How is a bodhisattva to obtain the bodhisattva forbearance of birthlessness? How is a bodhisattva to be complete in the bodhisattva dharmas of merit and virtue? How is a bodhisattva to serve the bodhisattva’s good friends?
Setting Forth Generally That Maitreya’s Virtue Is Round and His Station Full (Chengguan’s Outline): Why the Asking Must Be This Broad
“Why is it so? Son of good family! That bodhisattva, that mahāsattva, has penetrated all bodhisattva practices, and knows the minds of all sentient beings, and constantly appears before them to teach, transform, and tame them. That bodhisattva has already fulfilled all the perfections, has already abided in all the bodhisattva grounds, has already realized all the bodhisattva forbearances, has already entered all the bodhisattva stations, has already received the conferring of the full prediction, has already ranged through all the bodhisattva realms, has already gained the spiritual power of all buddhas, and has already received from all Tathāgatas the anointing of his crown with the ambrosial dharma-water of all-knowledge.
Setting Forth Separately What a True Good Friend Is (Chengguan’s Outline): The Ten Things He Can Do Upon You
“Son of good family! That good friend is able to moisten your many roots of good, able to increase your mind of awakening, able to make firm your resolve, able to add to your good, able to nourish your bodhisattva root, able to reveal to you the dharma without obstruction, able to make you enter the ground of Samantabhadra, able to expound for you the bodhisattva vow, able to expound for you the practice of Samantabhadra, able to expound for you the merit and virtue accomplished by the practices and vows of all bodhisattvas.
Warning Him Away from the Inferior · Setting Forth What He Should Not Do (Chengguan’s Outline): Do Not Cultivate One Thing and Suppose You Have Reached the Summit
“Son of good family! You should not cultivate one good, illumine one dharma, carry out one practice, bring forth one vow, gain one prediction, or abide in one forbearance, and then give rise to the thought that this is the ultimate; you should not, with a mind that has a limit and a measure, carry out the six perfections, abide in the ten grounds, purify the buddha-lands, or serve good friends.
The Gates One Should Cultivate (Following Chengguan’s Outline · Set Forth in Present-Day Words): One Should Cultivate Broadly in This Way — Seeking Awakening Above · Rescuing Sentient Beings Below
“Why is it so? Son of good family! A bodhisattva, a mahāsattva, should plant measureless roots of good, should gather measureless equipment for awakening, should cultivate measureless causes of awakening, should study measureless skillful dedications, should transform and deliver measureless realms of sentient beings, should know the minds of measureless sentient beings, should know the roots of measureless sentient beings, should discern the understanding of measureless sentient beings, should contemplate the practices of measureless sentient beings, should tame measureless sentient beings,
The Gates One Should Cultivate (Two · Chengguan’s Outline): Cutting Off One’s Own Hindrance of Delusion · Urging Beings Toward Deliverance
“should cut off measureless afflictions, should purify measureless habits of deeds, should extinguish measureless wrong views, should remove measureless minds of defilement, should bring forth measureless minds of purity, should draw out measureless arrows of the poison of suffering, should dry up measureless seas of craving and desire, should break measureless darkness of ignorance, should smash measureless mountains of self-conceit, should sever measureless bonds of birth and death, should cross measureless floods of the many kinds of existence, should exhaust measureless seas of taking birth, should make measureless sentient beings come forth from the mire of the five desires, should make measureless sentient beings leave the prison of the three realms, should set measureless sentient beings within the holy path,
The Gates One Should Cultivate (Three · Chengguan’s Outline): Purifying One’s Own Roots and Desires · Mastery in the Working of Power
“should extinguish measureless practices of greed and desire, should purify and cure measureless practices of anger and hatred, should smash and break measureless practices of delusion, should pass beyond measureless nets of the demons, should leave far behind measureless deeds of the demons, should purify and cure the bodhisattva’s measureless delights, should increase the bodhisattva’s measureless skillful means, should bring forth the bodhisattva’s measureless surpassing roots, should make bright and clean the bodhisattva’s measureless settled understanding, should proceed and enter into the bodhisattva’s measureless equality, should make pure the bodhisattva’s measureless merit and virtue, should cultivate and cure the bodhisattva’s measureless practices, should display the bodhisattva’s measureless practices that accord with the world, should give rise to measureless power of pure faith, should abide in measureless power of vigor, should purify measureless power of right mindfulness, should fulfill measureless power of samādhi, should raise up measureless power of pure wisdom, should make firm measureless power of surpassing understanding, should gather measureless power of merit, should nourish measureless power of wisdom, should set in motion measureless power of a bodhisattva, should make round and full measureless power of a Tathāgata,
The Gates One Should Cultivate (Four · Chengguan’s Outline): Gathering the Dharma and Curing Delusion · Making Offerings to Buddhas and Gathering Beings
“should discriminate measureless dharma-gates, should know measureless dharma-gates, should make pure measureless dharma-gates, should give rise to measureless light of the Dharma, should make measureless shining of the Dharma, should illumine the roots of measureless kinds and classes, should know measureless sicknesses of affliction, should gather measureless medicines of the wondrous Dharma, should heal the ailments of measureless sentient beings, should prepare with dignity measureless offerings of ambrosia, should go on to measureless buddha-lands, should make offerings to measureless Tathāgatas, should enter measureless assemblies of bodhisattvas, should receive the teachings of measureless buddhas, should bear with the offenses of measureless sentient beings, should extinguish measureless difficulties of the evil destinies, should cause measureless sentient beings to be born in the good destinies, should take in measureless sentient beings by the four means of gathering,
The Gates One Should Cultivate (Five · Chengguan’s Outline): Compassion and Vow Deep and Broad · Realization and Entry Round and Full
“should cultivate measureless gates of dhāraṇī, should give rise to measureless gates of the great vow, should cultivate measureless power of great kindness and great vow, should diligently seek measureless dharmas with never any resting, should raise up measureless power of pondering, should raise up measureless affairs of spiritual power, should purify measureless light of knowledge, should go to measureless destinies of sentient beings, should receive measureless births in the many kinds of existence, should manifest measureless differentiated bodies, should know measureless dharmas of speech, should enter measureless differentiated minds, should know the bodhisattva’s great realm, should abide in the bodhisattva’s great palace, should contemplate the bodhisattva’s deep and wondrous Dharma, should know the bodhisattva’s realm that is hard to know, should carry out the bodhisattva’s practices that are hard to carry out, should be complete in the bodhisattva’s weighty dignity and power, should tread the bodhisattva’s right station that is hard to enter, should know the bodhisattva’s every sort of practice, should manifest the bodhisattva’s universal spiritual power, should receive the bodhisattva’s equal cloud of Dharma, should make broad the bodhisattva’s boundless net of practice, should make round and full the bodhisattva’s boundless perfections, should receive the bodhisattva’s measureless predictions, should enter the bodhisattva’s measureless gates of forbearance, should cultivate and cure the bodhisattva’s measureless grounds, should make pure the bodhisattva’s measureless dharma-gates, and should, together with all bodhisattvas, abide in boundless kalpas, make offerings to measureless buddhas, adorn and purify buddha-lands beyond speaking, and bring forth bodhisattva vows beyond speaking.
Concluding Briefly and Displaying Broadly (Chengguan’s Outline): Taking Up the Essential, Eleven Clauses of ‘Universally’
“Son of good family! To take up the essential point and speak of it: you should universally cultivate all bodhisattva practices, should universally transform and deliver all realms of sentient beings, should universally enter all kalpas, should universally take birth in all places, should universally know all ages, should universally carry out all dharmas, should universally purify all lands, should universally fulfill all vows, should universally make offerings to all buddhas, should universally be the same as the vows of all bodhisattvas, should universally serve all good friends.
Warning Him Away from Fault (Chengguan’s Outline): The Ten Things One Should Not Do in Seeking Good Friends
“Son of good family! In seeking good friends you should not weary; in seeing good friends do not give rise to a sense of having had enough; in inquiring of good friends do not shrink from toil and hardship; in drawing near to good friends do not harbor a mind that turns back; in making offerings to good friends you should not rest; in receiving the teaching of good friends you should not turn it upside down or throw it into disorder; in studying the practice of good friends you should not doubt; in hearing good friends expound the gate of deliverance you should not waver; in seeing good friends act in accord with the afflictions do not give rise to a mind of dislike and blame; and the mind of deep faith and reverence you bring forth toward good friends you should not alter.
Taking Up the Benefit to Establish the Explanation (Chengguan’s Outline): The Thirty-Five Things a Bodhisattva Gains Through Good Friends
“Why is it so? Son of good family! It is because of good friends that a bodhisattva hears the many practices of all bodhisattvas, accomplishes the merit and virtue of all bodhisattvas, brings forth the great vows of all bodhisattvas, draws out the roots of good of all bodhisattvas, gathers together the aids to the path of all bodhisattvas, opens up the light of the Dharma of all bodhisattvas, displays the gate of deliverance of all bodhisattvas, studies the pure precepts of all bodhisattvas, abides in the dharmas of merit and virtue of all bodhisattvas, purifies the vast resolve of all bodhisattvas, increases the firm mind of all bodhisattvas, is complete in the gate of the eloquence of dhāraṇī of all bodhisattvas, gains the pure treasury of all bodhisattvas, gives rise to the light of concentration of all bodhisattvas, gains the surpassing vows of all bodhisattvas, is of one vow with all bodhisattvas, hears the surpassing dharmas of all bodhisattvas, gains the secret place of all bodhisattvas, arrives at the jewel-isle of the Dharma of all bodhisattvas, increases the sprout of the roots of good of all bodhisattvas, nourishes the body of wisdom of all bodhisattvas, guards the deep and hidden treasury of all bodhisattvas, upholds the mass of merit of all bodhisattvas, purifies the road of taking birth of all bodhisattvas, receives the cloud of the right Dharma of all bodhisattvas, enters the road of the great vow of all bodhisattvas, proceeds toward the fruit of awakening of all Tathāgatas, takes in the wondrous practices of all bodhisattvas, reveals the merit and virtue of all bodhisattvas, goes in every direction to hear and receive the wondrous Dharma, praises the vast dignity and power of all bodhisattvas, gives rise to the power of great kindness and compassion of all bodhisattvas, gathers the surpassing power of mastery of all bodhisattvas, gives rise to the limbs of awakening of all bodhisattvas, and does the deeds of benefit of all bodhisattvas.
Setting Forth Directly the Guarding from Without (Chengguan’s Outline): It Is Through Good Friends That He Does Not Fall Into Those Places
“Son of good family! Because a bodhisattva is upheld by good friends, he does not fall into the evil destinies; because he is taken in by good friends, he does not turn back from the Great Vehicle; because he is borne in mind by good friends, he does not break the bodhisattva precepts; because he is guarded by good friends, he does not follow after bad friends; because he is reared by good friends, he does not fall short in the bodhisattva dharmas; because he is gathered up by good friends, he passes beyond the ground of the ordinary person; because he is instructed by good friends, he passes beyond the ground of the two vehicles; because he is shown the way by good friends, he gains deliverance from the world; because he is nourished by good friends, he is able not to be stained by worldly dharmas; because he serves good friends, he cultivates all bodhisattva practices; because he makes offerings to good friends, he is complete in all the dharmas that aid the path; because he draws near to good friends, he is not crushed by deeds and delusions; because he leans upon and relies upon good friends, his strength is firm and he does not fear the demons; because he takes his stand upon good friends, he increases all the dharmas that are limbs of awakening.
Taking Up the Causes of the Guarding from Without (Chengguan’s Outline): Good Friends Are Able To — Forty-One Clauses
“Why is it so? Son of good family! As for good friends: they are able to purify the many hindrances, able to extinguish the many offenses, able to remove the many difficulties, able to stop the many evils, able to break the darkness of the long night of ignorance, able to shatter the firm prison of the many views, able to bring one out of the city of birth and death, able to make one cast off the household of the world, able to cut through the nets of the demons, able to draw out the arrows of the many sufferings, able to make one leave the perilous place of no knowledge, able to bring one out of the great wilderness of wrong views, able to make one cross the flood of the many kinds of existence, able to make one leave the many wrong paths, able to show the road of awakening, able to teach the bodhisattva dharmas, able to make one abide in the bodhisattva practice, able to make one proceed toward all-knowledge, able to purify the eye of wisdom, able to make the mind of awakening grow, able to give rise to great compassion, able to set forth the wondrous practices, able to expound the perfections, able to make one cast out bad friends, able to make one abide in the many grounds, able to make one obtain the many forbearances, able to make one cultivate all roots of good, able to make one bring to completion all the equipment of the path, able to bestow all great merit and virtue, able to make one arrive at the station of the knowledge of all modes, able to make one gather merit and virtue with gladness, able to make one leap up and cultivate the many practices, able to make one proceed and enter into the deep meaning, able to make one reveal the gate of deliverance, able to make one cut off the many evil destinies, able to make one be illumined by the light of the Dharma, able to make one be moistened by the rain of the Dharma, able to make one extinguish every delusion, able to make one cast away every view, able to make one increase the wisdom of all buddhas, able to make one abide in the dharma-gates of all buddhas.
Teaching Him to Call to Mind the Surpassing Virtue of Friends (Chengguan’s Outline): Ten Similes
“Son of good family! As for good friends — they are like a kind mother, since they give birth to the buddha-seed; like a kind father, since the benefit is vast; like a wet-nurse, since they guard one and do not let one do evil; like a teacher, since they reveal what bodhisattvas are to study; like one who guides well, since they are able to reveal the road of the perfections; like a good physician, since they are able to cure the many sicknesses of affliction; like the Snow Mountains, since they make the medicine of all-knowledge grow; like a brave general, since they wipe out every fear; like one who ferries travelers across, since they make one come forth from the violent flood of birth and death; like a boatman, since they make one arrive at the jewel-isle of wisdom. Son of good family! You should constantly ponder the good friends with right mindfulness in this way.
Teaching Him the Mind and Conduct with Which to Serve Friends (Chengguan’s Outline): Twenty-One Minds One Should Bring Forth
“Again, son of good family! In serving all good friends you should bring forth a mind like the great earth, since it bears up heavy burdens and does not weary; you should bring forth a mind like a diamond, since its aspiration is firm and cannot be broken; you should bring forth a mind like the Iron-Ring Mountains, since none of the many sufferings can move it; you should bring forth a mind like an attendant, since it accords with every command; you should bring forth a mind like a disciple, since it does not go against any instruction; you should bring forth a mind like a servant boy, since it does not weary of any task; you should bring forth a mind like a nursing mother, since it undergoes every toil without complaining of weariness; you should bring forth a mind like a hired laborer, since it does not go against whatever teaching it receives; you should bring forth a mind like a remover of dung, since it leaves arrogance behind; you should bring forth a mind like a ripened ear of grain, since it is able to bend low; you should bring forth a mind like a fine horse, since it leaves behind a bad nature; you should bring forth a mind like a great cart, since it is able to carry weight; you should bring forth a mind like a tamed and obedient elephant, since it is constantly submissive; you should bring forth a mind like Mount Sumeru, since it does not tilt or move; you should bring forth a mind like a good dog, since it does not harm its master; you should bring forth a mind like a Zhantuluo (one of the despised clans), since it leaves arrogance behind; you should bring forth a mind like a gelded ox, since it has no wrathful might; you should bring forth a mind like a boat, since it goes back and forth without wearying; you should bring forth a mind like a bridge, since it ferries others across and forgets its own toil; you should bring forth a mind like a filial son, since it complies with the countenance; you should bring forth a mind like a prince, since it carries out the royal command.
Setting Self and Friend Face to Face (Chengguan’s Outline): Ten Pairs, and Four Things in Each Pair
“Again, son of good family! You should give rise to the thought of yourself as sick and suffering, of the good friend as a king of physicians, of the Dharma spoken as fine medicine, of the practice cultivated as the removing of illness; and again you should give rise to the thought of yourself as one going far, of the good friend as a guide, of the Dharma spoken as the right road, of the practice cultivated as arriving far away; and again you should give rise to the thought of yourself as one seeking to be ferried across, of the good friend as a boatman, of the Dharma spoken as the boat and oars, of the practice cultivated as reaching the shore; and again you should give rise to the thought of yourself as sprouting grain, of the good friend as a dragon king, of the Dharma spoken as timely rain, of the practice cultivated as ripening; and again you should give rise to the thought of yourself as poor, of the good friend as King Vaiśravaṇa (the god-king of much wealth), of the Dharma spoken as goods and jewels, of the practice cultivated as wealth and abundance; and again you should give rise to the thought of yourself as an apprentice, of the good friend as a fine craftsman, of the Dharma spoken as the craft, of the practice cultivated as knowing it thoroughly; and again you should give rise to the thought of yourself as afraid, of the good friend as one brave and strong, of the Dharma spoken as weapons, of the practice cultivated as breaking the foe; and again you should give rise to the thought of yourself as a merchant, of the good friend as a caravan leader, of the Dharma spoken as precious jewels, of the practice cultivated as gathering them up (picking them up and taking them); and again you should give rise to the thought of yourself as a son, of the good friend as father and mother, of the Dharma spoken as the family estate, of the practice cultivated as carrying on the succession; and again you should give rise to the thought of yourself as a prince, of the good friend as a great minister, of the Dharma spoken as the royal decree, of the practice cultivated as the thought of wearing the royal crown, the thought of wearing the royal robes, the thought of fastening on the royal sash, and the thought of sitting in the royal hall.
Concluding Exhortation and the Benefit It Establishes (Chengguan’s Outline): Draw Near with a Mind Such as This
“Son of good family! You should bring forth a mind such as this and form an intention such as this in drawing near to good friends. Why is it so? Drawing near to good friends with a mind such as this is able to make his aspiration attain purity forever.
Praising the Ten Similes Again (Following Chengguan’s Outline · Set Forth in Present-Day Words): As for Good Friends, They Are as It Were …
“Again, son of good family! Good friends are able to nourish the many roots of good, as it were the Snow Mountains nourishing the many medicinal herbs; good friends are a vessel of the Buddha-Dharma, as it were the great sea swallowing in the many streams; good friends are a place of merit and virtue, as it were the great sea bringing forth the many jewels; good friends are able to purify the mind of awakening, as it were a fierce fire able to refine true gold; good friends pass beyond the dharmas of the world, as Mount Sumeru rises out above the great sea; good friends are not stained by the dharmas of the world, as it were the lotus blossom not clinging to the water; good friends do not receive the many evils, as it were the great sea not lodging a corpse overnight; good friends are able to increase the white dharmas (the dharmas that are pure), as it were the white moon round and full in light and color; good friends illumine the Dharma realm, as it were the blazing sun shining upon the four continents; good friends nourish the bodhisattva body, as it were father and mother rearing a son.
Lodging the Numbers to Conclude Their Multitude (Chengguan’s Outline): The Ten Clauses Gained by Following the Teaching of Good Friends
“Son of good family! To say it in essence: if a bodhisattva, a mahāsattva, is able to follow the teaching of good friends, he gains merit and virtue to the number of ten beyond-speaking hundreds of thousands of koṭis of nayutas (a name for a great number), purifies deep minds to the number of ten beyond-speaking hundreds of thousands of koṭis of nayutas, nourishes bodhisattva roots to the number of ten beyond-speaking hundreds of thousands of koṭis of nayutas, purifies bodhisattva powers to the number of ten beyond-speaking hundreds of thousands of koṭis of nayutas, cuts off hindrances to the number of ten beyond-speaking hundreds of thousands of koṭis of asaṃkhyeyas (a name for the numberless), passes beyond the realms of the demons to the number of ten beyond-speaking hundreds of thousands of koṭis of asaṃkhyeyas, enters dharma-gates to the number of ten beyond-speaking hundreds of thousands of koṭis of asaṃkhyeyas, fulfills the aids to the path to the number of ten beyond-speaking hundreds of thousands of koṭis of asaṃkhyeyas, cultivates wondrous practices to the number of ten beyond-speaking hundreds of thousands of koṭis of asaṃkhyeyas, and brings forth great vows to the number of ten beyond-speaking hundreds of thousands of koṭis of asaṃkhyeyas.
Gathering All Together to Conclude Their Multitude (Chengguan’s Outline): Everything Takes Good Friends as Its Root
“Son of good family! Let me say it again in brief: all bodhisattva practices, all bodhisattva perfections, all bodhisattva grounds, all bodhisattva forbearances, all bodhisattva gates of dhāraṇī, all bodhisattva gates of samādhi, all bodhisattva knowledge of spiritual power, all bodhisattva dedications, all bodhisattva vows — all the accomplishing of the Buddha-Dharma by bodhisattvas is by the power of good friends, takes good friends as its root, is born depending on good friends, comes forth depending on good friends, grows depending on good friends, abides depending on good friends; good friends are its cause and condition, and good friends are what set it in motion.”
Cherishing Their Virtue and Taking Leave (Chengguan’s Outline): What He Heard Was Merit and Virtue, and What He Carried Away Was the Same
At that time Sudhana the youth, having heard of merit and virtue such as this belonging to good friends — able to reveal measureless wondrous practices of bodhisattvas, able to accomplish measureless vast Buddha-Dharma — leapt up in gladness, bowed to the feet of Virtue-Born and Endowed with Virtue, circled them measureless times, gazed up at them with earnest devotion, and only then took his leave and departed.
善財這一問,和前面四十九次問的是同一件事
本節起手,善財漸次南行到妙意華門城,見到德生童子與有德童女,頂禮右繞,然後問:「聖者!我已先發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心,而未知菩薩云何學菩薩行?云何修菩薩道?」
為什麼問了五十次還是這一問?先排一個誤解:以為問題重複,是善財沒有長進。經文的次第正好相反——他每一次都是先說「我已先發」,再說「而未知」。已發之心不必再發,未知之行則站站不同。同一個問意(各友問句之字面依經各異),落在不同的人身上,得到的是五十個不同的答。
落到地上:一個問題問到第五十遍還問得下去,是因為問的人心裡清楚,自己要的不是新問題,是新的答。
為什麼這一節是兩個人一起說
本帙以德雲比丘為第一友順數,摩耶夫人為第四十一友,其下別列諸友,德生童子與有德童女二人一會,是為第五十友。全子之中,經文逐處作「童子、童女告善財言」「時,童子、童女說自解脫已」,呼格則作「善男子」——雙身而合說,未見一句分屬何人專說。
要排一個誤解:以為可以把某幾句判給童子、某幾句判給童女。底本無此分別,澄觀之科亦通承「童子、童女」合科而釋,未另立科名區分二身。無源可拆而強拆,就是杜撰。
李通玄於此下了一轉語,說「此明智悲二行齊均,無前却故」,又說「童子童女者,明智悲齊滿,雖處世間無五欲相,以居幻住故」——這是李通玄的表法,繫其名而錄。落到地上:讀這一節,二人只作一位善知識讀。
幻住:所知的法是幻,能知的智也在幻裡
二人一開口就報名:「我等證得菩薩解脫,名為:幻住。」
什麼叫幻住?澄觀釋此云「謂能所境智染淨之法,皆從緣起,無定性故,如幻而住」。這一句有六個字最要緊——「能所境智染淨」。不只所觀之境是幻,能觀之智也是幻;不只染分是幻,淨分也是幻。法藏就此立二義,說「一明所知諸法依緣虛立,名為幻住;二能知之智住幻境中,此則住幻,故云幻住」——前義說「幻」,後義說「住」。
排一個誤解:以為「幻」是說一切都假、都不必當真。若如此,這個解脫就只是一種灰心。經文說的是「幻住」不是『幻滅』——住,就是仍在其中作事。落到地上:知道是幻而仍舊照樣做,這才是這一門解脫的名字。
十種幻住:句句上標幻,句句下說緣
接著是十句。澄觀判其句式最為分明,說「有十種幻,皆上句標幻、下句以緣生釋成」。底本逐字十處作「皆幻住」:世界·眾生·世間·法·三世·眾生生老病死憂悲苦惱·國土·聲聞辟支佛·菩薩·菩薩眾會諸所施為。
十句的開合,澄觀說「十中,初一為總……餘九為別。初五約染分依他……後三種但約淨分依他」。要留意的是後三句——聲聞辟支佛是幻、菩薩是幻、菩薩的眾會變化調伏一切施為也是幻。
十句既有總別,就該一句一句看它所緣為何。初一「一切世界皆幻住,因緣所生故」是總,澄觀說「初一為總,緣生世界並通染淨,剎海亦名世界故」——染剎淨剎同名世界,所以這一句一開口就把兩邊都收了。第二句「一切眾生皆幻住,業煩惱所起故」,澄觀配為「一約有情苦果,從業惑集生」:眾生不是憑空的一團,是業與惑集起來的果。第三句「一切世間皆幻住,無明、有愛等展轉緣生故」,澄觀說「二約十二因緣順觀,即世間故,次第相由故云展轉」——「展轉」二字不是形容之詞,是十二支順觀次第相由的那個相由。第四句「一切法皆幻住,我見等種種幻緣所生故」,澄觀在此揀得最細,說「三就五類法中但除無為,故云一切。以無為無有起,非幻緣生故」,又說「異熟識等,從無始惡習內執為我,四惑相應故云我見等,及外取妄境,云種種幻緣」。所以「一切法」這三個字是有所揀的——無為不在其中,因為無為無起,不從幻緣生。
後三句是這一門最險的一段:「一切聲聞、辟支佛皆幻住,智斷分別所成故」「一切菩薩皆幻住,能自調伏教化眾生諸行願法之所成故」「一切菩薩眾會、變化、調伏、諸所施為皆幻住,願智幻所成故」。澄觀於此三句只總說一句「後三種但約淨分依他,從緣如幻,可以意得」,未逐句別釋,故此三句唯依經文自說之「故」字讀:二乘之所以是幻,經文說是「智斷分別所成」——他們的果不是無因而有,是由智與斷這一對分別搭起來的;菩薩之所以是幻,經文說是「能自調伏教化眾生諸行願法」之所成,自調伏·教化·諸行·願法,四樣都是緣;而菩薩的眾會·變化·調伏·一切施為之所以是幻,經文說是「願智幻所成」——連願與智本身也在幻裡。三句一路上去,所幻的一句比一句更是修行人自己手上的東西。
排一個誤解:以為說「幻」是為了呵責世間。經文最後三句所幻的,恰恰是修行所得的那一邊。落到地上:能把自己修出來的東西也看成幻的人,才不會把它拿去換一個新的我。
古德讀此十句之開合並不相同:澄觀作初一為總、餘九為別;法藏就六十本作「初六知世間法幻住,一總知、次二知人法幻、次二知三界生滅幻、次一知國土幻;後三知三乘幻」。二說並存,各有其骨。
三世也是幻:時間沒有自己的體
十幻的第五句是「一切三世皆幻住,我見等顛倒智所生故」。三世為什麼是幻?
澄觀答云「四即是時,謂依行相續不斷分位建立為時,所依行空,時何所立?妄計有體,是顛倒智」。時間不是一個東西,是「行」相續不斷之上安立的分位;所依的行本身空,那個分位還立在哪裡?《演義鈔》把這層再說一遍,說「行即五蘊,剎那生滅、前後相續,已謝為過去、未起為未來、生已未謝名為現在,離行之外何有分位而有三世耶」。
排一個誤解:以為這是說『時間不存在,所以不必安排』。經文說的是三世無自體,不是三世無作用。落到地上:不必怕來不及——來不及是把時間當成了一個會走完的東西。
生老病死是幻:無常也是安立出來的
第六句是「一切眾生生滅、生老病死、憂悲苦惱皆幻住,虛妄分別所生故」。
澄觀釋此云「五即無常生老等,謂依生已壞滅分位建立無常等,皆妄分別有」。無常不是另外一個東西壓在生命上,是就「生已壞滅」這件事安立的名。《演義鈔》為證此義,引《成唯識論》「本無今有,有位名生。生位暫停,即說為住」等語作按。
排一個誤解:以為說無常是幻,等於說苦是假的、不必理。經文此句所列的是憂悲苦惱——苦仍在受,只是它沒有一個不可轉的自體。落到地上:把苦看成幻,不是不痛,是不把痛看成永遠。
國土也是幻:三倒所現,而淨土亦通
第七句是「一切國土皆幻住,想倒、心倒、見倒無明所現故」。
澄觀在這一句上作了一層很細的分別,說「次一切國土,義通染淨眾生。染土多從三倒所生,以不了唯心,妄取境界故」;而「言無明所現,亦通淨剎,謂登地已上無明未盡,所見國土種種不同。既云無明,則揀非佛土」。也就是說:三倒所現的是染土,而「無明所現」四字連淨剎也攝在內——但既說無明,就已經簡別了佛土不在此列。
排一個誤解:以為說國土是幻,等於說淨土是假設。澄觀恰恰是在這裡把佛土揀出去的。落到地上:所見的國土之所以人人不同,是因為各人的無明未盡處不同。
幻境自性不可思議:離了兩邊,連中道也不住
十幻說完,結歎一句:「善男子!幻境自性不可思議。」
不可思議在哪裡?澄觀釋此云「幻法非有,體不實故;非無,相非無故。非一,性相異故;非異,無二體故。空有相即,一異兩亡。既離二邊亦忘中道,由斯交徹,故能一中現多、多皆即一,重重無礙為不思議」。四句排完之後,還多一步——連「中道」也不住。正因為不住中,才有一中現多、多皆即一。法藏就六十本亦作二重,說「則有則空無二,故不思議。又以自性亡二邊,亦不住於中,故云不思議也」。
《演義鈔》於澄觀這四句之上更立層次,說「此中且約有無一異,兼下中道以為三觀。亦應有離四句」——非有非無是一觀,非一非異是一觀,離二邊而亡中道又是一觀,故曰三觀;而每一觀亦皆應離其四句,不是離過一次就了。鈔復就疏文分其所至之處,說「既離二邊已是中道,亦亡中道絕待中也。上即事理無礙」,而其下「由斯交徹」以降則云「即事事無礙」。依鈔說:離二邊亦亡中道所成者是事理無礙,一中現多·多皆即一之交徹重重所成者是事事無礙——不可思議四字之下實有二重,非一重。落到地上:不可思議之為不可思議,不在說不出,是在說了之後還要再離一層。
排一個誤解:以為『不落兩邊』就到頂了。二家都說,停在中間也是一種住。落到地上:凡是能守住的立場,都還不是這一句所說的不可思議。
謙己推勝:他們只推自己不知,不推法門有高下
「我等二人但能知此幻住解脫。如諸菩薩摩訶薩善入無邊諸事幻網,彼功德行,我等云何能知能說?」
這是本會諸善友多有的一段——謙己推勝(遍友一會無之)。要看清楚的是所推的方向:他們沒有說『我的法門淺、別人的深』,說的是「善入無邊諸事幻網」那一邊的功德行,我不能知不能說。所推的仍是幻網之事,只是無邊。
排一個誤解:以為謙己推勝是客套。經文緊接著就用約九成的篇幅講下一位——謙己是為了推出去,不是為了收回來。落到地上:知道自己知道的是哪一個,才說得出下一句該找誰。
先不說話,先讓他的身柔軟
指示後友之前,經文插了一句敘述:「時,童子、童女說自解脫已,以不思議諸善根力,令善財身柔軟光澤,而告之言。」
澄觀科這一段為「指示後友」之下的兩段,說「初以力冥加、後「而告」下以言顯示」。也就是說,指路分兩截:先用善根之力冥冥中加持,然後才開口。
排一個誤解:以為介紹一位老師只是說個地址。此處經文先寫身的柔軟光澤,然後才寫話。落到地上:聽得進去一句指路的話,往往要先有一次說不出來的準備。
海岸·大莊嚴·毘盧遮那莊嚴藏:三個名字都有講究
指處一段列了三個名:國名海岸、園名大莊嚴、樓閣名毘盧遮那莊嚴藏,並說此閣「從菩薩善根果報生」以下四從。
三個名,澄觀逐一出其取義:「國名海岸者,南海北岸,一生菩薩臨智海故。園名大莊嚴,因圓萬行而嚴果故。又生死園苑,以萬行樹林嚴自果故。」至於樓閣,澄觀分約事約法二釋,約法者云「二智相依、緣起相由,故云樓閣。智即法界,是為廣大」。所從生之四句,澄觀判為「善根果報約其宿因,是彼善根之果報故;念力願力等約其現緣」。
排一個誤解:以為這幾句是寫景。此處每一個名都在說下一位善知識是什麼樣的人。落到地上:一座樓閣既說是二智相依而成,那走進去的人要帶的就不是眼睛。
彌勒在那裡,為的是六種顯示
示人一段,先正示彌勒之名,後以「為欲」以下顯其住因:攝受本所生處父母眷屬人民·令同受生同修行眾生於大乘得堅固·令一切眾生隨住地隨善根皆成就,其下六句皆作「顯示菩薩……故」。
六句「顯示」是彌勒住此樓閣的末後一重理由,也是善財該去的理由。第一句「顯示菩薩解脫門故」只舉解脫門之名,未言何門;其下五句則句句指事。「顯示菩薩遍一切處受生自在故」說的是受生——不是被業牽著生,是遍一切處生而自在。「顯示菩薩以種種身普現一切眾生之前常教化故」說的是身——一身不足以應一切眾生,故現種種身,且經文作一「常」字,不是偶現。「顯示菩薩以大悲力普攝一切世間資財而不厭故」說的是財——世間資財不是要躲開的東西,是要以大悲力普攝而不生厭。「顯示菩薩具修諸行知一切行離諸相故」說的是行——修而知其離相,不是不修。末句「顯示菩薩處處受生了一切生皆無相故」又回到受生,而所了者是一切生皆無相。澄觀於此六句無逐句之釋,只在「為欲」二字上點出「悲智雙遊,皆為利物,故云為欲等」——六句所顯,正是悲智雙遊的六個面。
排一個誤解:以為這六句是稱歎彌勒一人。六句的句主逐字都是「菩薩」,不是某一位。落到地上:他住在那裡所顯示的,正是你將要去做的那幾件事。
彌勒之名,澄觀釋云「彌勒梵音,具云迷帝隷,此云慈,是其姓也」,並列三緣:一由本願值大慈如來而立願,二由得慈心三昧,三由母懷時有慈心;又「名阿逸多,此云無勝」。澄觀復點出一句要語:「慈依智住,故曰處中。悲智雙遊,皆為利物,故云為欲等。」
三緣是並列的三件事嗎?《演義鈔》於此下一語:「此三展轉相生。謂由遇慈氏如來故,得慈心三昧。得三昧故,母亦慈也」。依鈔說,三緣是一條相生之鏈——值大慈如來而立願是第一,因此願故得慈心三昧是第二,因得三昧故其母懷時亦有慈心是第三。要留意所生之向:不是母慈在先而後子慈,是子已得三昧而母之慈隨之。落到地上:一個名號立得住,靠的是一串相生之事,不是三個並排的好理由。
排一個誤解:以為「安處其中」只是說他住在那裡。澄觀讀「處中」二字為慈依智住。落到地上:一位以慈為姓的菩薩,住在一座以智為體的樓閣裡——這件事本身就是下一節的題目。
十一句問:疏說十問,經文十一
「汝詣彼問」以下,經文逐字十一句「云何」:行菩薩行·修菩薩道·學菩薩戒·淨菩薩心·發菩薩願·集菩薩助道具·入菩薩所住地·滿菩薩波羅蜜·獲菩薩無生忍·具菩薩功德法·事菩薩善知識。
澄觀就此判曰「先正教興十問者,表無盡故」——疏作十,底本逐字十一。二數不同,並錄不判;而澄觀所以說十,取的是「表無盡」之義,不是清點。
排一個誤解:以為問題多是因為善財貪多。此處是善知識替他擬的問目,不是他自己加的。落到地上:一個好問題單子,是別人替你開的——他知道你到了那裡該問什麼。
為什麼要問這麼廣:兩個理由
十一問之後,經文自徵自釋:「何以故?」
澄觀把這一徵一釋說得很清楚,說「徵意云:何以要須廣問?釋有二意:一所求德廣,能具說故。後「善男子汝不應」下能求大心法應爾故」。第一意在對方——彌勒德圓位滿,問得再廣他也答得下來;第二意在自己——能求的心本來就該這麼大。
這一段所出的彌勒之德,經文逐字八個「已」字句:已滿一切波羅蜜·已住一切菩薩地·已證一切菩薩忍·已入一切菩薩位·已蒙授與具足記·已遊一切菩薩境·已得一切佛神力·已蒙一切如來以一切智甘露法水而灌其頂。
排一個誤解:以為問得少是謙虛。落到地上:問題的大小,一半量的是對方,一半量的是自己。
真善友:十件他能在你身上做的事
第二意之前,經文先別顯一段:「彼善知識能潤澤汝諸善根」以下十句,句句是「能……汝……」。
澄觀科此為「別顯是其真善友故」,並補一句要緊的話:「設若德滿,非己有緣,亦難求故。」德再圓滿,若與自己無緣,也求不到。所以在說『他有多高』之後,還要說『他能在你身上做什麼』。
排一個誤解:以為找善知識就是找最高的那一位。經文此段的主詞全部落在「汝」上——潤澤汝善根、增長汝菩提心、堅汝志、益汝善。落到地上:能在你身上起作用的,才算你的善知識。
不要修一樣就以為到頂了
誡去劣一段:「汝不應修一善、照一法、行一行、發一願、得一記、住一忍,生究竟想;不應以限量心,行於六度,住於十地,淨佛國土,事善知識。」
澄觀科此為「先標不應,誡其去劣;後「何以」下釋所應作,令其廣修」。前半是止,後半是作。
排一個誤解:以為這是責備得少的人。經文所舉的六件——一善·一法·一行·一願·一記·一忍——沒有一件是壞事,得一記、住一忍都已經很不容易。所誡的不是那六件,是後面「生究竟想」四字。落到地上:出問題的從來不是你所得的那一樣,是你對它下的那個判斷。
應修的那一大段:九十五句「應」,古德科為十段
接下來是全子最長的一段,句句以「應」字起。底本逐字實計九十五句(末一句「應同諸菩薩」下含安住·供養·嚴淨·出生四事)。
澄觀就此判為「有九十八門,分為十段」,並逐段標其名:一上求菩提行·二下救眾生行·三自斷惑障行·四勸物出離行·五淨自根欲行·六力用自在行·七攝法治惑行·八供佛攝生行·九悲願深廣行·十證入圓滿行。疏所計之門數與底本逐字起句之數不同,二數並錄不判;而十段之骨——自上求而下救、而斷惑、而出離、而淨根、而力用、而治惑、而供佛、而悲願、而證入——是讀這一大段的把手之一。
十段之科既立,就該一段一段看它教的是什麼。第一段上求菩提行,自「應種無量諸善根」起至「應學無量巧迴向」止,所列是種善根·集菩提具·修菩提因·學巧迴向——前三件是往上積,末一件是迴向,積而不留。第二段下救眾生行,自「應化無量眾生界」起,先化其界,次知其心·知其根·識其解·觀其行,末乃說調伏——經文把知排在調伏之前,知、知、識、觀四項知察排完才動手。第三段自斷惑障行,自「應斷無量煩惱」起,所斷者先列煩惱·業習·邪見·雜染心,其下轉為譬喻:拔苦毒箭·涸愛欲海·破無明暗·「應摧無量我慢山」·斷生死縛·度諸有流·竭受生海——箭·海·暗·山·縛·流,各以其相說所斷之物是什麼形狀。第四段勸物出離行只三句:「應令無量眾生出五欲淤泥」「應使無量眾生離三界牢獄」「應置無量眾生於聖道中」——前二句是出,末一句是置:出了還要有地方放。第五段淨自根欲行,起首三句是「應消滅無量貪欲行」「應淨治無量瞋恚行」「應摧破無量愚癡行」,澄觀於此段下一語:「除三不善根,則成三善根等故」——三句所對正是三不善根,除之即成三善根。
第三段自斷惑障行之中,有一句不是斷:「應發無量清淨心」。此句夾在「應除無量雜染心」之後、「應拔無量苦毒箭」之前——前四句所斷者煩惱·業習·邪見·雜染心,句句是去;此一句忽作「發」,而所發者是清淨心。經文之次第即其教處:雜染心除而後清淨心發,一除一發相次而不相代;其下方轉為拔箭·涸海·破暗·摧山之譬喻七句。澄觀於此段唯出「自斷惑障行」之名,未逐句別釋,故此句之義唯依經文自身之動詞讀。落到地上:斷惑一段之中留一個「發」字,是說去了染不等於自然有淨——淨還要另發一次。
第五段十三句,前三句所對三不善根已如上說,其下十句則層層轉深,須依經文自繫之動詞讀。「應超無量魔網」「應離無量魔業」二句先出所對之外難——網是所罩,業是所作,故一超一離,動詞不可互換。其下八句句主皆冠「菩薩」二字,與前異:「應淨治菩薩無量欲樂」淨其所好,「應增長菩薩無量方便」長其所用,「應出生菩薩無量增上根」生其根,「應明潔菩薩無量決定解」潔其解,「應趣入菩薩無量平等」入其平等,「應清淨菩薩無量功德」淨其德,「應修治菩薩無量諸行」治其行,末句「應示現菩薩無量隨順世間行」則自淨自修一轉而向外,所示現者是隨順世間之行。淨治·增長·出生·明潔·趣入·清淨·修治·示現——八個動詞自內而外,唯末一句方出世間。澄觀於此段唯下「除三不善根,則成三善根等故」一語,所配唯前三句,其下十句無逐句之釋。落到地上:一段之中動詞一換,所治之物就換了一層;讀長段要看動詞。
第六段力用自在行,自「應生無量淨信力」至「應圓滿無量如來力」,一段之中十個力字次第相生:淨信·精進·正念·三昧·淨慧·勝解·福德·智慧·菩薩·如來——由信起,至如來力止。第七段攝法治惑行,自「應分別無量法門」起,前半說法門之分別·了知·清淨,並生法光明·作法照耀,後半轉為醫事:「應知無量煩惱病」「應集無量妙法藥」「應療無量眾生疾」——法門到了這裡不是知識,是藥。第八段供佛攝生行,自「應嚴辦無量甘露供」起,往詣佛國土·「應供養無量諸如來」·入菩薩會·受諸佛教,而後轉向眾生:「應忍無量眾生罪」·滅惡道難·令生善道·「應以四攝攝無量眾生」——前半供佛、後半攝生,故澄觀以供佛攝生四字標之。第九段悲願深廣行,自「應修無量總持門」起,大願門·大慈大願力·「應勤求無量法常無休息」·思惟力·神通事·智光明,而後是受生:往眾生趣·受諸有生·「應現無量差別身」·知言辭法。第十段證入圓滿行,自「應入無量差別心」起,所入者一路轉深——菩薩大境界·大宮殿·甚深妙法·難知境界·「應行菩薩難行諸行」·難入正位,末以「應同諸菩薩,安住無邊劫,供養無量佛,嚴淨不可說佛國土,出生不可說菩薩願」四事收束。
第七段之中有一句須單提:「應照無量品類根」。此句在「應作無量法照耀」之後、「應知無量煩惱病」之前,正當法門一邊轉向醫事一邊的那個轉處。前五句說法門之分別·了知·清淨,與生法光明·作法照耀,所說皆是能照之法;此一句所照者不是法而是根——「品類」二字是說眾生之根有品有類,不是一味。照根而後知病,知病而後集藥,集藥而後療疾:經文把照根排在知病之前,次第即是理——不先照清這個人是哪一類根,所集之藥便無所對。澄觀於此段唯出「攝法治惑行」之名,於此句無別釋。落到地上:同一個法門對不同的根是不同的藥,先照而後與,順序不可倒。
第十段十八句之中,有十句於上文未及。「應具菩薩尊重威德」一句在「應行菩薩難行諸行」之後、「應踐菩薩難入正位」之前——難行之行既行,乃有尊重威德可具,而後方踐難入之正位;威德不是先具的資格,是行出來的。自「應知菩薩種種諸行」以下九句則次第相承:知其種種諸行,而後「應現菩薩普遍神力」現其力,「應受菩薩平等法雲」受其法,「應廣菩薩無邊行網」廣其行,「應滿菩薩無邊諸度」滿其度,「應受菩薩無量記別」受其記,「應入菩薩無量忍門」入其忍,「應治菩薩無量諸地」治其地,末「應淨菩薩無量法門」淨其法門。知·現·受·廣·滿·受·入·治·淨——九個動詞之中二「受」字所受不同:一受平等法雲、一受無量記別,法雲是所被,記別是所與。澄觀於此段唯出「證入圓滿行」之名,未逐句別釋。落到地上:這十句所排的不是一張功德清單,是行·威德·正位·力·法·記·忍·地一路上去的位次。
排一個誤解:以為這是一串堆砌的排比,讀個大意就好。有了十段之科,這九十幾句就不是一堆,是一條路。落到地上:讀長段的辦法不是快讀,是先找到它的分段。
舉要言之:十一個「普」
長段之後,經文自結:「善男子!舉要言之,應普修一切菩薩行……應普事一切善知識。」底本逐字十一句「應普」。
澄觀科此為「結略顯廣」,並釋其意云「謂別陳難具故」——一件一件說是說不完的,所以收成十一句「普」。
十一句「普」不是十一遍同一句話,所普者各是一物。「應普修一切菩薩行」普的是行,「應普化一切眾生界」普的是眾生,「應普入一切劫」普的是時,「應普生一切處」普的是處,「應普知一切世」普的是世,「應普行一切法」普的是法,「應普淨一切剎」普的是剎土,「應普滿一切願」普的是願,「應普供一切佛」普的是佛,「應普同一切菩薩願」普的是同行者之願,末句「應普事一切善知識」普的是善知識。行·眾生·時·處·世·法·剎·願·佛·同願·善友——這十一物排下來,一個菩薩會遇到的都點到了:所作的·所度的·所在的時與地·所知的·所修的·所嚴的·所發的·所供的·所同的·所事的。澄觀於此十一句無逐句之釋,只判其為「結略顯廣」,並釋其意「謂別陳難具故」。
排一個誤解:以為末句「應普事一切善知識」是順帶一提。十一句之中,前十句說的都是自己去做的事,末一句說的是誰教你做——而其下整整一大段,講的都是這一句。
排一個誤解:以為「舉要言之」是把前面縮短。前段說「無量」,此段說「一切」;前段是就事列,此段是就普說。縮的是文,不是量。落到地上:一個人若能把自己所修的每一件都加上一個「普」字,前面九十幾句就都在裡面了。
求善知識的十種不應當
自此以下轉入「誡勸事友」。先是十句誡去過:求不應疲倦·見勿生厭足·請問勿憚勞苦·親近勿懷退轉·供養不應休息·受教不應倒錯·學行不應疑惑·聞說出離門不應猶豫·見隨順煩惱行勿生嫌怪·所生深信尊敬心不應變改。
其中第九句最難。澄觀特別在此下了一段,說「善友有二:一實、二權。權能行於非道,內外生熟善巧難知,故不應嫌。實中復二:一行、二解。今但求解,不應觀行故」,並引論為證,說「如《智論》五十說,亦如有目跛人猶能示道」。
排一個誤解:以為「不應觀行」是說可以不管老師的品行。澄觀說的是所求者為解——跛人指路,路仍是那條路。落到地上:這一句是十句裡最容易被拿去當藉口的一句,所以要連著「今但求解」四字一起讀。
三十五句:因善知識才有的那些事
誡之後是釋。經文自徵:「何以故?」而以三十五句答之,三十三句以「一切菩薩」為所繫(趣一切如來菩提果·往一切方聽受妙法二句不繫):聽聞諸行·成就功德·出生大願·引發善根……乃至作一切菩薩利益事。
澄觀先出徵意,說「但起廣心足成大道,何以要令事友誡離過耶」;再出釋意,說「法假人弘,不因善友何能聞諸妙行」,並點明「於中有三十五句,句各一行」——句數與底本逐字實計相符。
三十五句不是三十五個好處堆在一起,其中自有次第。起首四句是入門之事——聽聞諸行·成就功德·出生大願·引發善根;接著是資糧與開顯——「積集一切菩薩助道」「開發一切菩薩法光明」·顯示出離門·「修學一切菩薩清淨戒」·安住功德法;再下是心與辯——淨廣大志·增堅固心·「具足一切菩薩陀羅尼辯才門」·得清淨藏·生定光明;再下是願——得殊勝願·「與一切菩薩同一願」,同一願三字最要緊:不是各發各的,是與一切菩薩同一個;再下是所至之處——聞殊勝法·「得一切菩薩祕密處」·「至一切菩薩法寶洲」,祕密處與法寶洲都是就到說的。
再下轉為長養與護持:「增一切菩薩善根芽」·長智慧身·護深密藏·持福德聚·「淨一切菩薩受生道」·受正法雲·「入一切菩薩大願路」。而後是三十五句中走得最遠的一句:「趣一切如來菩提果」——此句之前,句句所繫皆是一切菩薩,到這一句所趣的是如來之果。其下「攝取一切菩薩妙行」·開示功德·「往一切方聽受妙法」——所往者是一切方,不限一處一師;三十五句之中,唯此二句不繫「一切菩薩」。再下讚廣大威德·「生一切菩薩大慈悲力」·攝勝自在力·生菩提分,末句「作一切菩薩利益事」。全段以聽聞起,以作利益事結:從聽進來,到做出去。澄觀於此段只計其句數而未逐句別釋,唯以「法假人弘,不因善友何能聞諸妙行」一語總其意——這三十五件,件件的前提都是那一個因善知識。
排一個誤解:以為既然要發廣大心,自己努力即可。澄觀這一問問的正是這個。落到地上:法要靠人傳,這件事不因為你發心大而改變。
十四句外護與四十一句舉因
其次一段轉一個角度:前段說善友「能生」,此段說善友「能養育」。經文逐字十四句,句句以「由」字起:由任持不墮惡趣·由攝受不退大乘·由護念不毀犯菩薩戒……由依止增長一切菩提分法。
再徵再釋:「何以故?善男子!善知識者,能淨諸障」以下,底本逐字四十一句「能」。澄觀就此二段之相配說得極細,說「以此四十句釋上正明十五句,有通有別。通則後諸惡因通對前果,別則各各配屬。如由除諸難,不退大乘;由止諸惡,不犯淨戒;由破無明,不隨惡友」,並自言「下諸句或有二三對上一句,可以意得,恐繁不配」。疏所出之十五句·四十句與底本逐字之十四句·四十一句二數不同,並錄不判。
十四句「由」,前九句與後五句所由不同。前九句是「由善知識」如何——任持·攝受·護念·守護·養育·攝取·教誨·示導·長養,句主在善知識那一邊;後五句是由承事·由供養·由親近·由恃怙·由依止善知識,句主換到自己這一邊。這一換是這一段的骨:前面說他做了什麼,後面說你對他做了什麼。所得之益亦逐句不同。「由善知識攝取,超越凡夫地」與「由善知識教誨,超越二乘地」二句相次,一超凡夫·一超二乘——所超者是兩重,不是一重;「由善知識示導,得出離世間」與「由善知識長養,能不染世法」又是一對,一是出、一是在世而不染,出與不染並不是同一件事。後五句所得則轉為修與力:承事者修一切菩薩行,供養者具一切助道法,「由親近善知識,不為業惑之所摧伏」,「由恃怙善知識,勢力堅固,不怖諸魔」,末句「由依止善知識,增長一切菩提分法」——恃怙一句所對是魔,依止一句所對是菩提分,一防一長,這一段就在這裡收住。
十四句之中有兩句所對之果須連句讀。「由善知識守護,不隨逐惡知識」——所守護者不是別事,正是不去隨逐惡知識;澄觀於舉因一段所配之三例,末一例即作「由破無明,不隨惡友」,是以舉因之「能破無明長夜黑暗」對此一句之果。依此配,守護之守,守的是眼——認不出惡知識,本是無明之事。「由善知識養育,不缺減菩薩法」——養育所成之果是菩薩法不缺減,不是別的功德。前句是不加不該加的,後句是不減該有的:一防外入,一防內失,故二句相次而不重。澄觀於養育一句未出所配之因,自言「恐繁不配」。落到地上:善知識之於一個人,一面替他擋掉不該跟的人,一面替他看住不該少的法。
四十一句「能」,前十四句所說皆是去·是破·是出·是離:淨諸障·滅諸罪·除諸難·止諸惡·「能破無明長夜黑暗」·「能壞諸見堅固牢獄」·出生死城·「能捨世俗家」·截諸魔網·拔眾苦箭·離無智險難處·「能出邪見大曠野」·度諸有流·離諸邪道。這十四句裡有三個地名——牢獄·城·大曠野:諸見是牢獄、生死是城、邪見是大曠野,各以其相說那一處何以難出。自「能示菩提路」以下二十七句轉了方向,由去轉為與:示路·教法·令安住菩薩行·令趣向一切智·淨智慧眼·長菩提心·生大悲·演妙行·說波羅蜜;而後是位與行——令住諸地·令獲諸忍·令修習一切善根·「能令成辦一切道具」·施與大功德·令到一切種智位;而後是情與趣——「能令歡喜集功德」·令踊躍修諸行·「能令趣入甚深義」·令開示出離門·令杜絕諸惡道;末是照·潤·滅·捨·增·住——令以法光照耀·「能令以法雨潤澤」·令消滅一切惑·令捨離一切見·令增長一切佛智慧·「能令安住一切佛法門」。
這二十七句之中夾著一句「能擯惡知識」,仍是去的口氣——善知識之所與,其中有一件是把不該親近的人擯開。至於逐句與上段之相配,澄觀自言「下諸句或有二三對上一句,可以意得,恐繁不配」,故此下逐句之配屬疏中未出;然其所已配之三例——除諸難對不退大乘·止諸惡對不犯淨戒·破無明對不隨惡友——已足見其法:每一句「能」都是去掉一個惡因,而上段十四句之「不」都是因去而果喪。
排一個誤解:以為前後兩段是同一件事說兩遍。澄觀說得明白:前是果,後是因;前說不墮,後說何以不墮。落到地上:知道自己『沒有掉下去』是一回事,知道『是什麼把那個因去掉了』是另一回事。
十個比喻:慈母·慈父·乳母·教師……
自此以下,澄觀科為「教勸」,說「文有四段,皆約喻顯」。第一段就是十喻:如慈母·如慈父·如乳母·如教師·如善導·如良醫·如雪山·如勇將·如濟客·如船師,各以「故」字結其所取之義。
十喻的次第自有其序:前三是家中之人(生·育·守),中三是路上之人(教·導·醫),後四是險處之助(雪山出藥·勇將除怖·濟客出流·船師到洲)。末句「善男子!常當如是正念思惟諸善知識」——澄觀科為「結勸」。
排一個誤解:以為比喻是為了說得好聽。此段之所以要十個,是因為善知識在一個人身上所起的作用不止一種——生你的、養你的、守你的、教你的、救你的,各是一件事。落到地上:一位善知識若只當得起其中一個比喻,那也已經是善知識。
廿一種心:從大地到王子
第二段是二十一句『應發如某某心』:大地·金剛·鐵圍山·給侍·弟子·僮僕·養母·傭作·除糞人·已熟稼·良馬·大車·調順象·須彌山·良犬·旃荼羅·犗牛·舟船·橋梁·孝子·王子。澄觀於此只說「有二十一句,文顯」——文自明白,不必再釋。
這二十一句所取之象有三類:一取物之德(大地荷負·金剛不壞·鐵圍不動·須彌不傾),二取人之位(給侍·弟子·僮僕·養母·傭作·除糞人·孝子·王子),三取畜與器(良馬·大車·調順象·良犬·犗牛·舟船·橋梁),而「已熟稼」一句取穗熟低垂之象以喻能低下。
二十一句各繫一「故」字,逐句所取之義並不相同,須逐句看過。取物之德者四句:大地取荷負重任無疲倦,金剛取志願堅固不可壞,「應發如鐵圍山心,一切諸苦無能動故」取苦來而不動,須彌取不傾動——鐵圍所對是苦,須彌所對是傾,二山不同。取事上之人者五句,所取皆在不違:「應發如給侍心,所有教令皆隨順故」·弟子取所有訓誨無違逆·「應發如傭作心,隨所受教無違逆故」·「應發如孝子心,承順顏色故」·「應發如王子心,遵行教命故」——自隨順教令而至承順顏色,愈後愈細,末句所遵者又回到教命。
說不疲者三句:大地無疲倦·舟船往來不倦·「應發如橋梁心,濟渡忘疲故」,而大地一句是兼取荷負與不疲;「應發如養母心,受諸勤苦不告勞故」則是受了苦而不說,與不倦又隔一層。其餘各取一義,不可互代:「應發如僮僕心,不厭一切諸作務故」取不厭作務,「應發如已熟稼心,能低下故」取穗熟低垂,「應發如良馬心,離惡性故」取離惡性,「應發如大車心,能運重故」取能運重,「應發如調順象心,恒伏從故」取恒伏從,「應發如良犬心,不害主故」取不害主,「應發如犗牛心,無威怒故」取無威怒。澄觀於此二十一句只說「有二十一句,文顯」,未逐句別釋,故逐句之義唯依經文自繫之「故」字——這也正是為什麼下一段要把僮僕與除糞人分開讀。
排一個誤解:以為其中除糞人·僮僕·旃荼羅諸句是在教人自卑。除糞人與旃荼羅二句所繫之義逐字寫著「離憍慢故」,僮僕一句則寫著「不厭一切諸作務故」——所去的是慢與厭,不是自重。落到地上:低下與自卑之別,在於一個是把我放下,一個是把我看小。
十對四事:自身·善知識·所說法·所修行
第三段是身友對辨。澄觀說「文有十句,句各四事,可知」。十對是:病苦·醫王·良藥·除病;遠行·導師·正道·遠達;求度·船師·舟檝·到岸;苗稼·龍王·時雨·成熟;貧窮·毘沙門王·財寶·富饒;弟子·良工·技藝·了知;恐怖·勇健·器仗·破怨;商人·導師·珍寶·捃拾;兒子·父母·家業·紹繼;王子·大臣·王教·冠王冠等。
這一段的體例與前二段不同:前二段只說善知識,此段一句之中四件事一起定位——我是什麼、他是什麼、法是什麼、行是什麼。末一對之第四事逐字四目(冠王冠·服王服·繫王繒·坐王殿),餘九對各一目。
澄觀「句各四事,可知」一語之「可知」二字有所指。《演義鈔》為之出其所可知者,說「此四亦即涅槃四近因緣,前已頻釋,故云可知。初二句即親近善友,第三句即聽聞正法,第四句即如說修行,正念思惟遍於四句故,句句皆令起如是想」。依鈔說,一對之中四事正配四近因緣——自身與善知識二事是親近善友,所說法是聽聞正法,所修行是如說修行;而正念思惟不別占一位,是遍在四句之上。所以這十對不是十個譬喻並列,是四近因緣在十種身分上各演一遍。落到地上:四事缺一件,那一條近因緣就斷在那裡。
排一個誤解:以為這是十個各自獨立的比喻。四事相配才是此段之體——把自身認錯,後三件就都跟著錯。落到地上:先問自己現在是病人、是遠行人、還是王子,答案決定了你會怎麼聽那句話。
結勸:以這樣的心去親近
第四段是結勸成益:「汝應發如是心,作如是意近善知識。何以故?以如是心近善知識,令其志願永得清淨。」
澄觀科此為「初正勸、後「何以」下舉益釋成」。所舉之益只有一句——令其志願永得清淨。
排一個誤解:以為親近善知識的益處應該是得法、得定、得神通。此處只說志願清淨。落到地上:一個人的志願若還混著別的,得再多也是那個志願在得。
重讚十喻:雪山·大海·猛火·蓮華
舉益之後,經文又「復次」一段,十句之中九句作『善知識者某某,譬如某某』:長諸善根如雪山長藥草·是佛法器如大海吞納眾流·是功德處如大海出生眾寶·淨菩提心如猛火鍊真金·出過世法如須彌出海·不染世法如蓮華不著水·不受諸惡如大海不宿死屍·增長白法如白月圓滿·照明法界如盛日照四天下·長菩薩身如父母養育兒子。十喻之中「譬如」九見,第五喻作「如須彌山出於大海」而不作「譬如」——異形照底本。
澄觀科此為「重讚友為能益故宜承事」。前十喻說善知識像什麼人,此十喻說善知識做什麼事。
排一個誤解:以為與前面十喻重複。前十喻取人倫與行路,此十喻取山海日月——所歎之處不同。落到地上:善知識這件事,說到第二十個比喻還說不盡。
寄數結多與總收結多
末後兩段皆是收。先是寄數:十句「十不可說百千億」,前四句用那由他、後六句用阿僧祇。澄觀於此判云「既通一切,何但百千,明知前云十不可說,意顯無盡耳」——這些數目不是要人去算,是要人知道算不完。
後是總收:一切菩薩行·波羅蜜·地·忍·總持門·三昧門·神通智·迴向·願,然後結曰「一切菩薩成就佛法,皆由善知識力,以善知識而為根本,依善知識生,依善知識出,依善知識長,依善知識住,善知識為因緣,善知識能發起」。
排一個誤解:以為「皆由善知識力」是把功勞歸給別人。經文說的是「為根本」「為因緣」「能發起」——是說起處,不是說代替。落到地上:路要自己走,但起腳的那一下是別人給的。
戀德禮辭:他帶走的是「功德」二字
末段是善財之辭:「時,善財童子聞善知識如是功德,能開示無量菩薩妙行,能成就無量廣大佛法,踊躍歡喜,頂禮德生及有德足,遶無量匝,慇懃瞻仰,辭退而去。」
要留意經文所記善財之所聞——不是幻住解脫,是「善知識如是功德」。本節前半說幻住,後半說善知識;而末段所結的,是後半。
排一個誤解:以為戀德禮辭是套語。此處「聞善知識如是功德」八字,正把全子的重心定在後半。落到地上:從這一位善知識這裡帶走的,是知道下一位為什麼值得去。
寄位與五相:這一判是誰下的
本節在澄觀之科中屬末會五相之第二「會緣入實相」之相,本節之名為「幻智歸幻門善友」。這一層要說清楚是誰在判。
寄位·五相之配,出自澄觀承古德,而澄觀在配之前先立了一段持平之語:「二皆有理,謂隨一一位具多法門,豈容凡心不得習求善友之法,故不配有理。然無次位中不礙次位,顯位是常規,配亦無失。」下文才說「橫竪無礙,且依古德配為五相」。也就是說:配與不配,二皆有理;澄觀所取的是「且依」。
排一個誤解:以為五十三位善友配五十三位次,是經文自己排的。經文從頭到尾沒有說某友是某位。落到地上:讀寄位之判,要連著澄觀那句「二皆有理」一起讀——那才是他下這一判時的分寸。
承衍
本節之文,向下所開之流有三條線。
其一是釋名之線。法藏就梵語聲近而辨譯名,說「舊本名妙德,當此德生也。妙德惠,當此有德也。以本語名室利末,此云有德。室利末底,此云德惠。以聲字相近故,二譯不同也」;李通玄不就譯名而就表法,作「智悲二行齊均」「智悲齊滿」。二家所立,一在音,一在義。
其二是幻住之線。澄觀以「能所境智染淨之法,皆從緣起」立體,以四句非有非無非一非異而歸「重重無礙」立不思議;法藏以所知與能知二義立幻住,以「亡二邊,亦不住於中」立不思議;李通玄則就此門引因陀羅網為況,說「幻生光影身土重重,如因陀羅網身境重重,十方身土境相相入無礙無礙」。三家皆以幻住通至重重無礙,而所取之路各別。
其三是分科之線,各有其軌,誌錄不判。本節之科,澄觀作六科(依教趣求·見敬諮問·示己法門·謙己推勝·指示後友·戀德禮辭),並於指示後友下開出應修諸門十段與教勸四段;法藏就六十本於示己法界下作三分(標名·業用·結推),並於段末總結「上來十人總明第二大段會緣入實相知識竟」;李通玄不逐友分科,而以「會慈氏一生所得佛果門」長科為十段,以本節當其第一段;智儼則以此段屬第三攝德成因相,別釋二童子表見化用、寄福慧,並存此中失次之疑而云未詳。四家之骨俱異。門數句數之計亦有異形:澄觀作十問·九十八門·十五句·四十句,底本逐字實計為十一問·九十五起句·十四句·四十一句;舉益三十五句則疏與底本相符。此諸異釋與異計皆古德成說與底本逐字。
一節之文,約一成說自己,約九成說別人。說自己的那一分名叫幻住;說別人的那九分,句句在說善知識。二事本是一事——知道一切是幻的人,才說得出「依善知識生」這五個字而不落一個依賴。
Sudhana’s Question Here Asks the Same Thing as the Forty-Nine Times Before
This section opens with Sudhana journeying gradually southward to the city Gate of Wondrous Intent Blossoms, where he sees the boy Virtue-Born and the maiden Endowed with Virtue, bows to their feet, circles them to the right, and then asks: “Holy ones! I have already brought forth the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi, and yet I do not know how a bodhisattva is to study the bodhisattva practice, nor how a bodhisattva is to cultivate the bodhisattva path.”
Why, having asked fifty times, is it still this one question? A misreading must first be set aside: that the repetition of the question shows Sudhana has made no progress. The order of the scripture text is exactly the reverse — every time, he says first “I have already brought forth,” and then says “and yet I do not know.” A mind already brought forth need not be brought forth again, while the practice not yet known differs at every stop. The same intent of asking (the wording of the question differing from friend to friend as the scripture has it), falling upon a different person, receives fifty different answers.
Brought down to the ground: a question that can still be asked at the fiftieth asking is asked by someone who is clear in his own mind that what he wants is not a new question but a new answer.
Why This Section Has Two Persons Speaking Together
This edition counts forward from the monk Cloud of Virtue as the first friend, with Lady Māyā as the forty-first friend, and beneath her the several friends listed separately; the boy Virtue-Born and the maiden Endowed with Virtue, two persons in one gathering, are the fiftieth friend. Throughout the whole unit the scripture text has, place after place, “the boy and the maiden said to Sudhana” and “at that time, when the boy and the maiden had finished setting forth their own liberation,” while the form of address is “son of good family” — two bodies speaking as one, and not a single clause is seen to be assigned to either one of them alone.
A misreading must be set aside: that certain clauses may be assigned to the boy and certain others to the maiden. The base text has no such division, and Chengguan’s outline likewise takes up “the boy and the maiden” together in one outline and glosses them so, setting up no separate outline-name to distinguish the two bodies. To force a division where there is no source for dividing is to fabricate.
Li Tongxuan turns a phrase here, saying that this “makes clear that the two practices, knowledge and compassion, are level and equal, since neither comes before or falls behind,” and further that “as for the boy and the maiden, this makes clear that knowledge and compassion are equally full; though they dwell in the world they have no mark of the five desires, since they dwell in the abiding in illusion” — this is Li Tongxuan’s symbolizing of the Dharma, recorded with his name fastened to it. Brought down to the ground: in reading this section, the two are to be read as one good friend.
The Abiding in Illusion: The Dharma Known Is an Illusion, and the Knowledge That Knows Is Also Within the Illusion
The two of them open their mouths and at once give the name: “The bodhisattva liberation that we have realized is named: the abiding in illusion.”
What is the abiding in illusion? Chengguan glosses this, saying that it means “the dharmas of the knower and the known, the objective realm and knowledge, the defiled and the pure, all arise from conditions and have no fixed nature, and so they abide as an illusion abides.” Six graphs in this clause are the weightiest — “the knower and the known, the objective realm and knowledge, the defiled and the pure.” Not only is the objective realm contemplated an illusion; the knowledge that contemplates is an illusion as well. Not only is the defiled portion an illusion; the pure portion is an illusion as well. Fazang sets up two meanings upon this, saying that “first, it makes clear that the dharmas known are set up emptily in dependence upon conditions, and this is named the abiding in illusion; second, the knowledge that knows abides within the realm of illusion, and this then is abiding in illusion, and so it says the abiding in illusion” — the former meaning states the “illusion,” the latter the “abiding.”
A misreading is to be set aside: that “illusion” says everything is false and none of it need be taken seriously. If that were so, this liberation would be no more than a kind of discouragement. What the scripture text says is the abiding in illusion, not ‘illusion vanished’ — to abide is to be still within it, doing what is to be done. Brought down to the ground: to know that it is an illusion and still to go on doing it just the same — this is the name of this gate of liberation.
The Ten Kinds of Abiding in Illusion: Every Clause Sets Forth the Illusion Above and States the Condition Below
Next come ten clauses. Chengguan judges their form most plainly, saying there are “ten kinds of illusion, and in every one the clause above sets forth the illusion and the clause below establishes the gloss by conditioned arising.” The base text has, graph for graph, ten places that read “are all the abiding in illusion”: worlds · sentient beings · worldly realms · dharmas · the three times · sentient beings’ birth, aging, sickness, death, grief, sorrow, suffering, and distress · lands · śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas · bodhisattvas · the assemblies of bodhisattvas and everything they set in motion.
As for the opening and folding of the ten clauses, Chengguan says, “of the ten, the first one is the general … the remaining nine are the particulars. The first five are taken as the dependent-upon-other in its defiled portion … the last three are taken only as the dependent-upon-other in its pure portion.” What is to be noticed is those last three clauses — that śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas are an illusion, that bodhisattvas are an illusion, and that the assemblies, transformations, taming, and every arrangement of bodhisattvas are an illusion as well.
Since the ten clauses have a general and its particulars, each is to be looked at for the condition it names. The first, all worlds are the abiding in illusion, since they arise from causes and conditions, is the general one, and Chengguan says, “of the ten, the first one is the general; conditioned arising of worlds runs through both the defiled and the pure, since the ocean of lands is also named world” — a defiled land and a pure land are alike named world, and so this clause, at its first opening, takes in both sides. The second, all sentient beings are the abiding in illusion, since they are set up by deeds and afflictions, Chengguan assigns thus: “the first is taken as the suffering fruit of the sentient, arisen from the gathering of deeds and delusions” — sentient beings are not a lump standing on nothing but a fruit gathered up out of deeds and delusions. Upon the third, all worldly realms are the abiding in illusion, since ignorance, craving for existence, and the rest arise in turn from conditions, Chengguan says, “the second is taken as the twelve links of conditioned arising viewed in their forward order, which is the worldly realm, and since they depend upon one another in sequence it says in turn” — the words “in turn” are not a flourish; they are that mutual dependence in the forward viewing of the twelve links. Upon the fourth, all dharmas are the abiding in illusion, since they arise from the manifold illusory conditions of the view of self and the rest, Chengguan sifts most finely of all, saying, “the third takes, among the five classes of dharmas, all but the unconditioned, and so it says all; for the unconditioned has no arising and does not arise from illusory conditions,” and further, “the ripening consciousness and the rest, out of beginningless evil habit, inwardly grasp a self, and since they are conjoined with the four delusions it says the view of self and the rest; and they grasp deluded objects without, which it calls the manifold illusory conditions.” So the word “all” in that clause has already sifted something out: the unconditioned is not among them, because the unconditioned has no arising and does not come from illusory conditions.
The last three clauses are the most perilous stretch of this gate: all śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas are the abiding in illusion, since they are made by the discrimination of knowledge and cutting off; all bodhisattvas are the abiding in illusion, since they are made by the dharmas of practice and vow that tame the self and teach and convert sentient beings; all assemblies, transformations, tamings, and every arrangement of bodhisattvas are the abiding in illusion, since they are made by the illusion of vow and knowledge. Upon these three Chengguan says only one thing generally — “the last three are taken only as the dependent-upon-other in its pure portion, arisen from conditions and like an illusion, which can be got by the sense” — and gives no clause-by-clause gloss. These three are therefore to be read by the word “since” that the scripture text itself fastens to each. Why are the two vehicles an illusion? The scripture text says they are made by the discrimination of knowledge and cutting off — their fruit is not something that exists without a cause, but something built up by that one pair of discriminations, knowledge and cutting off. Why are bodhisattvas an illusion? The scripture text says they are made by the dharmas of practice and vow that tame the self and teach and convert sentient beings — taming, teaching, the practices, the vow-dharmas: four things, and all four are conditions. And why are the assemblies, transformations, tamings, and every arrangement of bodhisattvas an illusion? The scripture text says they are made by the illusion of vow and knowledge — even vow and knowledge themselves stand inside the illusion. Clause by clause it climbs, and what is made illusion is at each step more nearly the thing the practitioner holds in his own hand.
A misreading is to be set aside: that “illusion” is said in order to reproach the world. What the last three clauses of the scripture text make into illusion is precisely the side that practice has gained. Brought down to the ground: only one who can see even what he has cultivated out of himself as an illusion will not take it away and trade it for a new self.
The ancient worthies do not read the opening and folding of these ten clauses alike: Chengguan makes the first one the general and the remaining nine the particulars; Fazang, upon the sixty-fascicle witness, has “the first six know the abiding in illusion of the dharmas of the world — one knowing generally, the next two knowing the illusion of person and dharma, the next two knowing the illusion of the arising and ceasing of the three realms, the next one knowing the illusion of lands; the last three know the illusion of the three vehicles.” The two accounts stand together, each with its own bone.
The Three Times Are Also an Illusion: Time Has No Substance of Its Own
The fifth of the ten illusions is “all three times are the abiding in illusion, since they are born of the inverted knowledge that takes the view of a self and the rest.” Why are the three times an illusion?
Chengguan answers, saying “the fourth is time: that is, upon the unbroken continuance of the aspects of formations a division is set up and called time; but the formations depended upon are empty, so where is time set up? To reckon falsely that it has a substance is inverted knowledge.” Time is not a thing; it is a division set up upon the unbroken continuance of “formations”; and if the formations depended upon are themselves empty, where is that division still set up? The Yanyi chao says this layer once more, saying “formations are the five aggregates, arising and ceasing instant by instant, continuing one after another; what has already passed away is the past, what has not yet risen is the future, what has arisen and not yet passed away is named the present; apart from the formations, what division is there that there should be three times?”
A misreading is to be set aside: that this says ‘time does not exist, and so there is no need to make arrangements.’ What the scripture text says is that the three times have no substance of their own, not that the three times have no working. Brought down to the ground: there is no need to fear being too late — being too late is to have taken time for a thing that can be walked to its end.
Birth, Aging, Sickness, and Death Are an Illusion: Impermanence Too Is Set Up
The sixth clause is “the arising and ceasing of all sentient beings, their birth, aging, sickness, and death, their grief, sorrow, suffering, and distress, are the abiding in illusion, since they are born of false discrimination.”
Chengguan glosses this, saying “the fifth is impermanence, birth, aging, and the rest: that is, upon the division of having arisen and then decaying, impermanence and the rest are set up, and all of them are had by false discrimination.” Impermanence is not another thing pressing down upon life; it is a name set up upon just this matter of “having arisen and then decaying.” The Yanyi chao, to establish this meaning, cites the Cheng weishi lun — “not being before and being now, in the position of being it is named arising; the position of being resting for a while is spoken of as abiding” and the rest — as its note.
A misreading is to be set aside: that to say impermanence is an illusion amounts to saying suffering is false and need not be attended to. What this clause of the scripture text lists is grief, sorrow, suffering, and distress — suffering is still undergone; only it has no substance of its own that cannot be turned. Brought down to the ground: to see suffering as an illusion is not to feel no pain, but not to take the pain as forever.
Lands Too Are an Illusion: What the Three Inversions Manifest, and Yet the Pure Lands Are Included
The seventh clause is “all lands are the abiding in illusion, since they appear through the inversion of perception, the inversion of mind, the inversion of view, and ignorance.”
Chengguan makes a very fine distinction upon this clause, saying “next, all lands: the meaning runs through the defiled and the pure among sentient beings. Defiled lands mostly arise from the three inversions, since one does not penetrate that they are mind-only and falsely grasps at objective realms”; and “as for saying that they appear through ignorance, this runs through the pure lands as well: that is, from the first ground upward ignorance is not yet exhausted, and the lands seen are of every sort of difference. But since it says ignorance, it has already sifted out and excluded the buddha-lands.” That is to say: what the three inversions manifest are the defiled lands, while the four graphs “appear through ignorance” take in even the pure lands — yet since ignorance is said, the buddha-lands have already been distinguished as not among them.
A misreading is to be set aside: that to say lands are an illusion amounts to saying the pure land is a supposition. It is precisely here that Chengguan sifts the buddha-lands out. Brought down to the ground: the reason the lands each person sees are not the same is that the place where each person’s ignorance is not yet exhausted is not the same.
The Own-Nature of the Realm of Illusion Is Beyond Conceiving: Having Left the Two Extremes, One Does Not Abide Even in the Middle Way
The ten illusions having been set forth, one clause concludes in praise: “Son of good family! The own-nature of the realm of illusion is beyond conceiving.”
Wherein does it lie beyond conceiving? Chengguan glosses this, saying “an illusory dharma is not existent, since its substance is not real; it is not non-existent, since its mark is not nothing. It is not one, since nature and mark differ; it is not different, since there are not two substances. Emptiness and existence are mutually identical, and one and different are both lost. Since it has left the two extremes it also forgets the middle way, and by this mutual pervading it is able to manifest the many within the one and to have the many all be the one, unobstructed layer upon layer, and this is being beyond conceiving.” After the four clauses have been laid out, there is one step more — even the “middle way” is not abided in. Precisely because the middle is not abided in, the many are manifested within the one and the many are all the one. Fazang, upon the sixty-fascicle witness, likewise makes it twofold, saying “it is then existent and then empty, not two, and so it is beyond conceiving. Further, by its own-nature it loses the two extremes and does not abide in the middle either, and so it says beyond conceiving.”
The Yanyi chao sets a further tier above Chengguan’s four clauses, saying “here, taking for the moment existent and non-existent, one and different, together with the middle way below, they make three contemplations. There should also be a leaving of the four alternatives.” Not existent and not non-existent is one contemplation; not one and not different is one contemplation; leaving the two extremes and losing the middle way is another — hence three contemplations; and each contemplation in turn should have its four alternatives left behind, so that one leaving does not finish the matter. The chao then divides the reach of the Commentary’s own text, saying “having left the two extremes it is already the middle way, and it loses the middle way too, the absolute middle beyond opposition. The above is the non-obstruction of phenomenon and principle,” while of what follows from “by this mutual pervading” onward it says “this is the non-obstruction of phenomenon and phenomenon.” By the chao: what is accomplished by leaving the two extremes and forgetting the middle way is the non-obstruction of phenomenon and principle, and what is accomplished by that layered mutual pervading in which the many are manifested within the one and the many are all the one is the non-obstruction of phenomenon and phenomenon — beneath the four graphs “beyond conceiving” there are in fact two tiers, not one. Brought down to the ground: what makes the beyond-conceiving beyond conceiving is not that it cannot be said, but that after it has been said one layer more must still be left behind.
A misreading is to be set aside: that ‘not falling into the two extremes’ is already the summit. Both houses say that to halt in the middle is also a kind of abiding. Brought down to the ground: whatever position can be held on to is still not the beyond-conceiving this clause speaks of.
Humbling Themselves and Pointing to the Superior: They Point Only to Their Own Not Knowing, Not to Any Higher and Lower Among Dharma Gates
“We two persons are able to know only this one liberation of the abiding in illusion. But as for the bodhisattvas, the mahāsattvas, who enter well into the boundless net of illusion of all affairs — their practice of merit and virtue, how could we know it, and how could we expound it?”
This is a passage that most good friends of this assembly have — humbling oneself and pointing to the superior (the gathering of Universal Friend has none). What is to be seen clearly is the direction in which they point: they do not say ‘my Dharma gate is shallow and another’s is deep’; what they say is that the practice of merit and virtue on the side of “entering well into the boundless net of illusion of all affairs” is what they cannot know and cannot expound. What is pointed to is still the affair of the net of illusion; only it is boundless.
A misreading is to be set aside: that humbling oneself and pointing to the superior is a courtesy. The scripture text immediately afterward uses some nine parts in ten of its length to speak of the next one — humbling oneself is for the sake of pointing outward, not for the sake of drawing back. Brought down to the ground: only one who knows which thing it is that he knows can say who is to be sought next.
They Do Not Speak First, but First Make His Body Supple
Before pointing out the friend who comes next, the scripture text inserts one clause of narration: “At that time, when the boy and the maiden had finished setting forth their own liberation, they used the power of the many roots of good that are beyond conceiving to make Sudhana’s body supple and lustrous, and then said to him.”
Chengguan outlines this passage as the two passages beneath “pointing out the next friend,” saying “first, adding their power in the unseen; after, from ‘and then said’ onward, displaying it by words.” That is to say: the pointing out of the way falls into two lengths — first the roots of good add their power in the unseen, and only then is the mouth opened.
A misreading is to be set aside: that introducing a teacher is merely giving an address. Here the scripture text writes first the suppleness and lustre of the body, and only then the words. Brought down to the ground: to be able to take in a single clause of direction often requires first a preparation that cannot be spoken.
Sea Shore · Great Adornment · Vairocana Adornment Treasury: All Three Names Have Their Point
The passage pointing out the place lists three names: the land named Sea Shore, the park named Great Adornment, the storeyed pavilion named Vairocana Adornment Treasury; and it says that this pavilion is “born of the fruit and recompense of the bodhisattva’s roots of good” and three more clauses of being born from.
Upon the three names, Chengguan brings out the sense of each one by one: “As for the land being named Sea Shore, it is the northern shore of the southern sea, since a bodhisattva of one more birth draws near to the sea of knowledge. The park is named Great Adornment because the cause is round in the myriad practices and thereby adorns the fruit. Further, the park and garden of birth and death are adorned to one’s own fruit by the grove of trees that is the myriad practices.” As for the storeyed pavilion, Chengguan glosses it in two ways, taken as matter and taken as dharma; taken as dharma he says “the two kinds of knowledge depend upon each other, and arising conditions are mutually dependent, and so it says storeyed pavilion. Knowledge is just the Dharma realm, and this is being vast.” The four clauses of what it is born from Chengguan judges thus: “the fruit and recompense of the roots of good is taken as its former cause, since it is the fruit and recompense of those roots of good; the power of mindfulness, the power of vow, and the rest are taken as its present conditions.”
A misreading is to be set aside: that these clauses are landscape writing. Every name here is saying what sort of person the next good friend is. Brought down to the ground: if a storeyed pavilion is said to be made by the mutual dependence of two kinds of knowledge, then what one is to bring in walking into it is not one’s eyes.
Maitreya Is There, and It Is for Six Displayings
The passage pointing out the person first sets forth Maitreya’s name directly, and afterward, from “in order to” onward, displays the reasons for his abiding there: taking in the parents, kinsfolk, and people of the place where he was originally born · making the sentient beings who took birth and cultivate together with him firm within the Great Vehicle · making all sentient beings accomplish everything according to the ground they abide in and their roots of good; and the six clauses beneath these all read “to display how the bodhisattva … .”
The six clauses of “to display” are the last of the reasons for Maitreya’s dwelling in that pavilion, and they are also the reason Sudhana is to go. The first, to display the bodhisattva’s gate of liberation, sets forth only the name of a gate of liberation and does not say which gate; the five beneath it each point to a matter. To display how the bodhisattva takes birth with mastery in every place speaks of birth — not birth dragged along by deeds, but birth everywhere and at ease. To display how the bodhisattva, with bodies of every kind, appears constantly before all sentient beings and teaches them speaks of the body — one body will not answer to all sentient beings, and so bodies of every kind are shown, and the scripture text writes “constantly,” not now and then. To display how the bodhisattva, by the power of great compassion, universally gathers all the goods and wealth of the world without wearying of it speaks of wealth — the goods of the world are not a thing to be dodged, but a thing to be gathered universally by the power of great compassion, and without distaste. To display how the bodhisattva cultivates the practices in full and knows that all practices are apart from marks speaks of practice — he cultivates and knows it to be apart from marks, which is not the same as not cultivating. And the last, to display how the bodhisattva takes birth place after place and understands that all birth is without marks, returns to birth, and what is understood is that all birth is without marks. Chengguan gives no clause-by-clause gloss upon these six; upon the two graphs “in order to” alone he points out, “compassion and knowledge range together, and both are for the benefit of beings, and so it says in order to, and the rest” — and what the six display is precisely six faces of that ranging together.
A misreading is to be set aside: that these six clauses praise Maitreya alone. The subject of all six, graph for graph, is “the bodhisattva,” not one particular person. Brought down to the ground: what his dwelling there displays is exactly the several things you are going to go and do.
Upon Maitreya’s name, Chengguan glosses it, saying “Maitreya, in the Sanskrit sound, in full is Midili; in this tongue it is Kind, and it is his clan-name,” and lists three conditions for it: first, that by his original vow he met a Tathāgata of great kindness and set up a vow; second, that he gained the samādhi of the mind of kindness; third, that while he was in the womb his mother had a mind of kindness; and further, “he is named Ayiduo, which in this tongue is Unsurpassed.” Chengguan then points out one weighty phrase: “Kindness abides depending on knowledge, and so it says settled within. Compassion and knowledge range together, and both are for the benefit of beings, and so it says in order to, and the rest.”
Are the three conditions three matters set side by side? The Yanyi chao lays one remark upon this: “these three arise one from another in turn. That is to say, because he met the Tathāgata of Kindness he gained the samādhi of the mind of kindness; and because he gained that samādhi his mother too was kind.” By the chao, the three conditions are one chain of mutual arising — meeting a Tathāgata of great kindness and setting up a vow is the first; by that vow gaining the samādhi of the mind of kindness is the second; because that samādhi was gained, his mother too having a mind of kindness while he was in the womb is the third. The direction of the arising is to be noted: it is not that the mother’s kindness came first and the son’s after, but that the son had already gained the samādhi and the mother’s kindness followed upon it. Brought down to the ground: a name stands up because a chain of mutually arising matters stands behind it, not because three fine reasons stand side by side.
A misreading is to be set aside: that “settled within it” merely says that he lives there. Chengguan reads the two graphs “settled within” as kindness abiding depending on knowledge. Brought down to the ground: a bodhisattva whose clan-name is Kindness dwells within a storeyed pavilion whose substance is knowledge — this fact is itself the title of the next section.
Eleven Clauses of Asking: The Commentary Says Ten Questions, the Scripture Text Has Eleven
From “go to him and ask” onward, the scripture text has, graph for graph, eleven clauses of “how”: carrying out the bodhisattva practice · cultivating the bodhisattva path · studying the bodhisattva precepts · purifying the bodhisattva mind · bringing forth the bodhisattva vow · gathering the bodhisattva’s equipment for aiding the path · entering the ground in which bodhisattvas abide · fulfilling the bodhisattva perfections · obtaining the bodhisattva forbearance of birthlessness · being complete in the bodhisattva dharmas of merit and virtue · serving the bodhisattva’s good friends.
Chengguan judges upon this, saying “first, the teaching proper raises ten questions, to set forth that they are inexhaustible” — the commentary makes them ten, the base text graph for graph eleven. The two counts differ and are recorded without adjudication; and the reason Chengguan says ten is that he takes the sense of “setting forth that they are inexhaustible,” not that he is counting them off.
A misreading is to be set aside: that the many questions are because Sudhana is greedy for much. Here it is the good friend who has drawn up the list of questions for him; he did not add them himself. Brought down to the ground: a good list of questions is one that another person opens for you — he knows what you should ask when you get there.
Why the Asking Must Be This Broad: Two Reasons
After the eleven questions, the scripture text raises its own query and gives its own gloss: “Why is it so?”
Chengguan sets out this one query and one gloss very clearly, saying “the sense of the query is: why must the asking be broad? The gloss has two intents: first, the virtue sought is broad, and he is able to expound it in full. After, from ‘son of good family, you should not’ onward, it is that the dharma of the great mind that seeks ought to be so.” The first intent lies on the other side — Maitreya’s virtue is round and his station full, and however broadly one asks, he can answer; the second intent lies in oneself — the mind that is able to seek ought from the beginning to be this large.
The virtue of Maitreya brought out in this passage is, in the scripture text, eight clauses of the graph “already”: he has already fulfilled all the perfections · already abided in all the bodhisattva grounds · already realized all the bodhisattva forbearances · already entered all the bodhisattva stations · already received the conferring of the full prediction · already ranged through all the bodhisattva realms · already gained the spiritual power of all buddhas · already received from all Tathāgatas the anointing of his crown with the ambrosial dharma-water of all-knowledge.
A misreading is to be set aside: that to ask little is modesty. Brought down to the ground: the size of a question measures the other person by half and oneself by the other half.
The True Good Friend: Ten Things He Can Do Upon You
Before the second intent, the scripture text first sets forth one passage separately: “that good friend is able to moisten your many roots of good” and ten clauses following, every clause reading “able to … your … .”
Chengguan outlines this as “setting forth separately that he is a true good friend,” and adds one weighty phrase: “Even were his virtue full, if he had no affinity with oneself he would still be hard to seek out.” However round his virtue, if he has no affinity with you, you cannot seek him out. And so after saying ‘how high he is,’ one must still say ‘what he can do upon you.’
A misreading is to be set aside: that seeking a good friend means seeking the highest one. In this passage of the scripture text the subject falls throughout upon “you” — moistening your roots of good, increasing your mind of awakening, making firm your resolve, adding to your good. Brought down to the ground: the one who can take effect upon you is the one who counts as your good friend.
Do Not Cultivate One Thing and Suppose You Have Reached the Summit
The passage warning him away from the inferior: “you should not cultivate one good, illumine one dharma, carry out one practice, bring forth one vow, gain one prediction, or abide in one forbearance, and then give rise to the thought that this is the ultimate; you should not, with a mind that has a limit and a measure, carry out the six perfections, abide in the ten grounds, purify the buddha-lands, or serve good friends.”
Chengguan outlines this as “first, setting forth what he should not do, warning him away from the inferior; after, from ‘why’ onward, glossing what he should do, making him cultivate broadly.” The first half is a stopping, the second half a doing.
A misreading is to be set aside: that this is a reproach of one who has gained little. The six things the scripture text lists — one good · one dharma · one practice · one vow · one prediction · one forbearance — not one of them is a bad thing, and to gain one prediction or abide in one forbearance is already no easy matter. What is warned against is not those six, but the four graphs that follow, “give rise to the thought that this is the ultimate.” Brought down to the ground: what goes wrong is never the thing you gained, but the judgment you passed upon it.
The Long Passage of What One Should Cultivate: Ninety-Five Clauses of ‘Should,’ Outlined by the Ancient Worthies into Ten Passages
Next comes the longest passage of the whole unit, every clause beginning with the graph “should.” Counted graph by graph, the base text has ninety-five clauses (the last clause, beneath “should, together with all bodhisattvas,” contains four matters: abiding · making offerings · adorning and purifying · bringing forth).
Chengguan judges upon this that “within the first there are ninety-eight gates, divided into ten passages,” and sets forth the name of each passage in turn: first, the practice of seeking awakening above · second, the practice of rescuing sentient beings below · third, the practice of cutting off one’s own hindrance of delusion · fourth, the practice of urging beings toward deliverance · fifth, the practice of purifying one’s own roots and desires · sixth, the practice of mastery in the working of power · seventh, the practice of gathering the Dharma and curing delusion · eighth, the practice of making offerings to buddhas and gathering beings · ninth, the practice of compassion and vow deep and broad · tenth, the practice of realization and entry round and full. The number of gates the commentary counts and the number of clauses that begin graph for graph in the base text are not the same; the two counts are recorded together without adjudication. And the bone of the ten passages — from seeking above to rescuing below, then to cutting off delusion, then to deliverance, then to purifying the roots, then to the working of power, then to curing delusion, then to making offerings to buddhas, then to compassion and vow, then to realization and entry — is one of the handles for reading this long passage.
Once the outline of ten passages stands, each passage is to be looked at for what it teaches. The first, the practice of seeking awakening above, runs from you should plant measureless roots of good to you should study measureless skilful dedications, and what it lists is planting roots of good, gathering the equipment of awakening, cultivating the causes of awakening, studying skilful dedication — the first three heap upward, and the last gives away: heaping without keeping. The second, the practice of rescuing sentient beings below, begins at you should convert measureless realms of sentient beings: first their realms are converted, then their minds are known, their faculties known, their understandings discerned, their conduct observed, and only at the end is taming spoken of — the scripture text sets knowing before taming, and four acts of knowing, knowing, discerning, and observing are set out before a hand is laid on. The third, the practice of cutting off one’s own hindrance of delusion, begins at you should cut off measureless afflictions, and what is cut off is first listed plainly — afflictions, habits of deed, wrong views, defiled minds — and then turns to figures: drawing out the poisoned arrow of suffering, drying up the sea of craving, breaking the darkness of ignorance, you should shatter measureless mountains of self-conceit, cutting the bonds of birth and death, crossing the floods of existence, draining the sea of taking birth — arrow, sea, darkness, mountain, bond, flood, each saying by its own shape what shape the thing to be cut off has. The fourth, the practice of urging beings toward deliverance, is only three clauses: you should make measureless sentient beings come out of the mire of the five desires, you should cause measureless sentient beings to leave the prison of the three realms, you should set measureless sentient beings within the holy path — the first two are a coming out, the last a setting down: what has come out must have somewhere to be put. The fifth, the practice of purifying one’s own roots and desires, opens with three clauses — you should extinguish measureless conduct of greed, you should cleanse measureless conduct of anger, you should shatter measureless conduct of delusion — and Chengguan lays one remark upon this passage: “removing the three unwholesome roots, one accomplishes the three wholesome roots and the rest.” The three clauses answer exactly to the three unwholesome roots, and their removal is the accomplishing of the three wholesome ones.
Within the third passage, the practice of cutting off one’s own hindrance of delusion, there is one clause that is not a cutting off: you should bring forth measureless pure minds. It is wedged after you should remove measureless defiled minds and before you should draw out measureless poisoned arrows of suffering — the four clauses before it cut off afflictions, habits of deed, wrong views, and defiled minds, every clause a taking away; and this one clause suddenly reads “bring forth,” and what is brought forth is a pure mind. The scripture’s own order is where it teaches: the defiled mind is removed and then the pure mind is brought forth, a removing and a bringing forth standing next to each other and not standing in for each other; and only below it does the passage turn to the seven figurative clauses of drawing out the arrow, drying up the sea, breaking the darkness, and shattering the mountain. Chengguan sets forth for this passage only the name “the practice of cutting off one’s own hindrance of delusion,” without glossing clause by clause, and so the sense of this clause is read from the scripture’s own verb alone. Brought down to the ground: that one graph “bring forth” is left standing inside a passage about cutting off delusion says that the removal of defilement does not of itself amount to having purity — purity has to be brought forth a second time.
Of the thirteen clauses of the fifth passage, the first three answer to the three unwholesome roots, as said above; the ten below them deepen tier by tier, and are to be read from the verbs the scripture itself attaches. You should go beyond measureless nets of the māras and you should leave measureless deeds of the māras first set forth the outward difficulty answered to — a net is what covers over, a deed is what is done, and so one is a going beyond and one a leaving, the verbs not interchangeable. In the eight clauses below, the subject bears the two graphs “the bodhisattva,” unlike those before: you should cleanse the bodhisattva’s measureless delights cleanses what he is fond of; you should increase the bodhisattva’s measureless skilful means increases what he uses; you should bring forth the bodhisattva’s measureless superior faculties brings forth his faculties; you should make bright and clean the bodhisattva’s measureless settled understanding cleans his understanding; you should enter the bodhisattva’s measureless equality enters his equality; you should purify the bodhisattva’s measureless merit purifies his merit; you should order the bodhisattva’s measureless practices orders his practice; and the last clause, you should display the bodhisattva’s measureless practice of according with the world, turns from cleansing and ordering oneself outward, and what is displayed is a practice that accords with the world. Cleansing, increasing, bringing forth, making bright, entering, purifying, ordering, displaying — eight verbs running from inward to outward, and only at the last clause does it come out into the world. Chengguan lays upon this passage only the one remark “removing the three unwholesome roots, one accomplishes the three wholesome roots and the rest,” which matches the first three clauses alone; the ten below have no clause-by-clause gloss. Brought down to the ground: when the verb changes within a passage, the thing being dealt with has changed a tier; to read a long passage, watch the verbs.
The sixth, the practice of mastery in the working of power, runs from you should bring forth measureless power of pure faith to you should fulfil measureless powers of a Tathāgata, and within it ten powers arise one from another in order: pure faith, vigor, right mindfulness, samādhi, pure wisdom, resolute understanding, merit, knowledge, bodhisattva-power, Tathāgata-power — beginning at faith and halting at the powers of a Tathāgata. The seventh, the practice of gathering the Dharma and curing delusion, begins at you should distinguish measureless Dharma gates: its first half speaks of distinguishing, understanding, and purifying the Dharma gates, and of bringing forth the light of Dharma and making the Dharma shine; its latter half turns to the physician’s work — you should know measureless sicknesses of affliction, you should gather measureless medicines of wondrous Dharma, you should heal measureless illnesses of sentient beings. A Dharma gate, by this point, is not knowledge but medicine. The eighth, the practice of making offerings to buddhas and gathering beings, begins at you should furnish measureless ambrosial offerings, then going to buddha-lands, you should make offerings to measureless Tathāgatas, entering the assemblies of bodhisattvas, receiving the teachings of the buddhas; and then it turns toward sentient beings: you should bear with measureless offenses of sentient beings, extinguishing the calamities of the evil destinies, causing beings to be born in good destinies, you should gather measureless sentient beings by the four means of gathering — offerings to buddhas in the first half, the gathering of beings in the latter, which is why Chengguan labels it with those four graphs. The ninth, the practice of compassion and vow deep and broad, begins at you should cultivate measureless gates of dhāraṇī: gates of great vow, the power of great kindness and great vow, you should seek the Dharma diligently and measurelessly without ever resting, powers of contemplation, deeds of spiritual penetration, light of knowledge; and then it comes to taking birth — going to the destinies of sentient beings, receiving measureless births in existence, you should manifest measureless differentiated bodies, knowing measureless dharmas of speech. The tenth, the practice of realization and entry round and full, begins at you should enter measureless differentiated minds, and what is entered deepens step by step — the bodhisattva’s great objects, great palace, profound and wondrous Dharma, hard-to-know objects, you should carry out the bodhisattva’s hard-to-carry-out practices, the hard-to-enter right station — and it closes with four matters: you should, together with all bodhisattvas, abide through boundless kalpas, make offerings to measureless buddhas, adorn and purify buddha-lands beyond speaking, and bring forth bodhisattva vows beyond speaking.
Within the seventh passage there is one clause to be taken up on its own: you should illumine measureless kinds and classes of faculty. It stands after you should make measureless Dharma shine and before you should know measureless sicknesses of affliction, right at the turning point where the side of the Dharma gates turns toward the side of the physician’s work. The five clauses before it speak of distinguishing, understanding, and purifying the Dharma gates, and of bringing forth the light of Dharma and making the Dharma shine — all of them the Dharma that illumines; what this one clause illumines is not Dharma but faculty, and the two graphs “kinds and classes” say that the faculties of sentient beings have their kinds and their classes and are not of one flavor. The faculties are illumined and then the sickness is known; the sickness is known and then the medicine is gathered; the medicine is gathered and then the illness is healed. The scripture sets the illumining of faculties before the knowing of sickness, and that order is itself the reason: unless it is first made clear which class of faculty this person has, the medicine gathered answers to nothing. Chengguan sets forth for this passage only the name “the practice of gathering the Dharma and curing delusion,” with no separate gloss on this clause. Brought down to the ground: one and the same Dharma gate is a different medicine for a different faculty — illumine first, then give, and the order cannot be reversed.
Of the eighteen clauses of the tenth passage, ten were not reached above. You should be furnished with the bodhisattva’s weighty majesty stands after you should carry out the bodhisattva’s hard-to-carry-out practices and before you should tread the bodhisattva’s hard-to-enter right station — the hard practice having been carried out, there is then a weighty majesty to be furnished with, and only after that is the hard-to-enter right station trodden; majesty is not a qualification held beforehand but something practised into being. The nine clauses from you should know the bodhisattva’s various practices onward then follow one upon another in order: his various practices are known, and then you should manifest the bodhisattva’s all-pervading spiritual power manifests his power, you should receive the bodhisattva’s cloud of Dharma of equality receives his Dharma, you should broaden the bodhisattva’s boundless net of practice broadens his practice, you should fulfil the bodhisattva’s boundless perfections fulfils his perfections, you should receive the bodhisattva’s measureless prophecies receives his prophecy, you should enter the bodhisattva’s measureless gates of forbearance enters his forbearance, you should order the bodhisattva’s measureless grounds orders his grounds, and last you should purify the bodhisattva’s measureless Dharma gates purifies his Dharma gates. Knowing, manifesting, receiving, broadening, fulfilling, receiving, entering, ordering, purifying — and among the nine verbs the two instances of “receive” receive different things: one receives a cloud of Dharma of equality, one receives measureless prophecies; the cloud of Dharma is what one is covered by, the prophecy is what one is given. Chengguan sets forth for this passage only the name “the practice of realization and entry round and full,” without glossing clause by clause. Brought down to the ground: what these ten clauses lay out is not a list of merits but a ladder of stations — practice, majesty, right station, power, Dharma, prophecy, forbearance, ground, one after another upward.
A misreading is to be set aside: that this is a heaped-up string of parallel clauses of which one need only read the gist. With the outline of ten passages in hand, these ninety-odd clauses are no longer a heap but a road. Brought down to the ground: the way to read a long passage is not to read it fast, but first to find its divisions.
To Take Up the Essential Point: Eleven Instances of “Universally”
After the long passage, the scripture text concludes itself: “Son of good family! To take up the essential point and speak of it: you should universally cultivate all bodhisattva practices … you should universally serve all good friends.” The base text has, graph for graph, eleven clauses of “should universally.”
Chengguan outlines this as “concluding briefly and displaying broadly,” and glosses its intent, saying “that is, to set them out separately would be hard to make complete” — one by one they cannot be finished, and so they are gathered into eleven clauses of “universally.”
The eleven clauses of “universally” are not one clause said eleven times; what is made universal differs in each. You should universally cultivate all bodhisattva practices makes practice universal; you should universally convert all realms of sentient beings, sentient beings; you should universally enter all kalpas, time; you should universally be born in all places, place; you should universally know all worlds, the world; you should universally carry out all dharmas, the Dharma; you should universally purify all lands, the land; you should universally fulfil all vows, vows; you should universally make offerings to all buddhas, the buddhas; you should universally share the vows of all bodhisattvas, the vows of fellow travelers; and the last, you should universally serve all good friends, good friends. Practice, sentient beings, time, place, world, Dharma, land, vow, buddhas, shared vow, good friend — set out in a row, these eleven touch everything a bodhisattva will meet: what he does, whom he delivers, the time and the ground he stands on, what he knows, what he cultivates, what he adorns, what he brings forth, what he offers to, whom he shares with, whom he serves. Chengguan gives no clause-by-clause gloss upon the eleven; he outlines them only as “concluding briefly and displaying broadly” and glosses the intent as “that is, to set them out separately would be hard to make complete.”
A misreading is to be set aside: that the last clause, you should universally serve all good friends, is mentioned in passing. Of the eleven, the first ten say what you are to do yourself, and the last says who teaches you to do it — and the whole long passage that follows is about that one clause.
A misreading is to be set aside: that “to take up the essential point and speak of it” shortens what came before. The former passage says “measureless,” this passage says “all”; the former lists by items, this one speaks by the universal. What is shortened is the wording, not the amount. Brought down to the ground: if a person can add one graph, “universally,” to every single thing he cultivates, then the ninety-odd clauses before are all contained within.
The Ten Things One Should Not Do in Seeking Good Friends
From here the text turns to “warning and exhorting him in serving friends.” First are ten clauses warning him away from fault: in seeking do not weary · in seeing do not give rise to a sense of having had enough · in inquiring do not shrink from toil and hardship · in drawing near do not harbor a mind that turns back · in making offerings do not rest · in receiving the teaching do not turn it upside down or throw it into disorder · in studying the practice do not doubt · in hearing the gate of deliverance expounded do not waver · in seeing them act in accord with the afflictions do not give rise to a mind of dislike and blame · the mind of deep faith and reverence brought forth toward them do not alter.
Among these the ninth clause is the hardest. Chengguan writes a passage here in particular, saying “as for seeing them act in accord with the afflictions and not giving rise to dislike and blame: good friends are of two kinds, first the real and second the provisional. The provisional are able to walk upon what is not the path, and whether inside and outside they are ripe or unripe is hard to know by skill, and so one should not dislike them. Among the real there are again two, first the practice and second the understanding. Now one seeks only the understanding and should not contemplate the practice”; and he cites a treatise as his witness, saying “as the Zhi lun, fascicle fifty, says, it is likewise as a lame man with eyes is still able to point out the road.”
A misreading is to be set aside: that “should not contemplate the practice” means one may pay no heed to the teacher’s conduct. What Chengguan says is that what is sought is the understanding — the lame man points out the road, and the road is still that road. Brought down to the ground: this is the clause among the ten most easily taken away for an excuse, and so it must be read together with the four graphs “now one seeks only the understanding.”
Thirty-Five Clauses: The Things There Are Only Because of Good Friends
After the warning comes the gloss. The scripture text raises its own query: “Why is it so?” — and answers with thirty-five clauses, thirty-three of them fastened to “all bodhisattvas” (the two clauses on going toward the awakening-fruit of all tathāgatas and on going to every quarter to hear the wondrous Dharma are not): hearing the many practices · accomplishing the merit and virtue · bringing forth the great vows · drawing out the roots of good … down to doing the deeds of benefit of all bodhisattvas.
Chengguan first brings out the sense of the query, saying “if only one raises a broad mind it is enough to accomplish the great path — why must one be made to serve friends and be warned away from faults?”; then he brings out the sense of the gloss, saying “the Dharma is spread by persons; if not through good friends, how could one hear the many wondrous practices?”; and he points out that “within it there are thirty-five clauses, each clause one line” — a count of clauses that agrees with the count graph by graph in the base text.
The thirty-five clauses are not thirty-five benefits heaped together; there is an order within them. The first four are matters of entering the door — hearing the many practices, accomplishing the merit and virtue, bringing forth the great vows, drawing out the roots of good. Then come provisions and opening out — gathering all that aids the bodhisattva path, opening out the light of Dharma of all bodhisattvas, displaying the gate of deliverance, studying the pure precepts of all bodhisattvas, taking a stand in the dharmas of merit. Then mind and eloquence — purifying the vast resolve, increasing the firm mind, being furnished with all the bodhisattvas’ gates of dhāraṇī and eloquence, gaining the pure treasury, bringing forth the light of concentration. Then vows — gaining the surpassing vow, and sharing one vow with all bodhisattvas, where those words weigh most: not each bringing forth his own, but one and the same vow with all bodhisattvas. Then places arrived at — hearing the surpassing Dharma, gaining the secret place of all bodhisattvas, reaching the jeweled isle of the Dharma of all bodhisattvas: the secret place and the jeweled isle are both said in terms of arriving.
Next it turns to nurture and guarding: increasing the sprout of the roots of good of all bodhisattvas, lengthening the body of knowledge, guarding the deep secret treasury, upholding the mass of merit, purifying the path of taking birth of all bodhisattvas, receiving the cloud of right Dharma, entering the road of the great vows of all bodhisattvas. And then comes the clause that travels furthest of the thirty-five: proceeding to the fruit of awakening of all Tathāgatas — before this clause, every clause is fastened to “all bodhisattvas,” and at this one what is proceeded to is the fruit of a Tathāgata. Beneath it: taking up the wondrous practices of all bodhisattvas, revealing the merit, going in all directions to hear and receive the wondrous Dharma — and what is gone to is all directions, not one place and one teacher. Of the thirty-five, these two alone are not fastened to “all bodhisattvas.” Then praising the vast majesty, bringing forth the power of great kindness and compassion of all bodhisattvas, gathering the surpassing power of mastery, bringing forth the limbs of awakening, and the last clause, doing the deeds of benefit of all bodhisattvas. The whole passage begins at hearing and ends at doing deeds of benefit: in through the ear, out through the hand. Chengguan counts the clauses here but gives no clause-by-clause gloss; he sums the intent in one sentence — “the Dharma is spread by persons; if not through good friends, how could one hear the many wondrous practices?” Every one of these thirty-five has that one premise: because of a good friend.
A misreading is to be set aside: that since one is to bring forth a vast mind, one’s own effort will do. Chengguan’s question here asks precisely this. Brought down to the ground: the Dharma must be transmitted by persons, and this fact does not change because your resolve is large.
Fourteen Clauses of Guarding from Without and Forty-One Clauses of Taking Up the Causes
The next passage turns to another angle: the former passage says good friends “give birth,” this passage says good friends “rear.” The scripture text has, graph for graph, fourteen clauses, every clause beginning with the graph “because”: because they uphold, he does not fall into the evil destinies · because they take him in, he does not turn back from the Great Vehicle · because they bear him in mind, he does not break the bodhisattva precepts … because he takes his stand upon them, he increases all the dharmas that are limbs of awakening.
Again a query, again a gloss: from “why is it so? Son of good family! As for good friends: they are able to purify the many hindrances” onward, the base text has, graph for graph, forty-one clauses of “able to.” Chengguan speaks very finely of how these two passages match, saying “these forty clauses gloss the fifteen clauses of the direct setting forth above; there is the running-through and there is the separate. Running through, the several causes of evil afterward correspond generally to the fruits before; separately, each is matched and assigned. As by removing the many difficulties, one does not turn back from the Great Vehicle; by stopping the many evils, one does not break the pure precepts; by breaking ignorance, one does not follow bad friends”; and he says of himself, “the clauses below may have two or three matching one clause above, which can be got by the sense; fearing prolixity I do not match them.” The commentary’s fifteen clauses and forty clauses differ from the base text’s fourteen clauses and forty-one clauses graph for graph; the two counts are recorded together without adjudication.
Of the fourteen clauses of “because,” the first nine and the last five differ in what they take as the cause. The first nine say “because a good friend” does thus — upholds, takes in, bears in mind, guards, rears, gathers, instructs, points the way, nourishes — and the subject stands on the good friend’s side. The last five say because one serves, because one makes offerings, because one draws near, because one relies upon, because one takes one’s stand upon a good friend, and the subject shifts to oneself. That shift is the bone of the passage: the former says what he has done, the latter what you have done toward him. The benefits, too, differ clause by clause. Because a good friend gathers him in, he goes beyond the ground of the ordinary person and because a good friend instructs him, he goes beyond the ground of the two vehicles stand next to each other — one going beyond the ordinary, one beyond the two vehicles: two removes, not one. Because a good friend points the way, he gains deliverance from the world and because a good friend nourishes him, he is able not to be stained by worldly dharmas are again a pair — one a coming out, the other a staying in the world unstained; coming out and being unstained are not one and the same thing. In the last five the benefit turns to cultivation and to power: he who serves cultivates all bodhisattva practices, he who makes offerings is furnished with all dharmas that aid the path, because he draws near to good friends, he is not crushed down by deeds and delusions, because he relies upon good friends, his strength is firm and he does not fear the māras, and the last, because he takes his stand upon good friends, he increases all the dharmas that are limbs of awakening. The clause of reliance answers to the māras, the clause of taking a stand answers to the limbs of awakening — one a warding off, one a growing — and there the passage closes.
Two of the fourteen clauses have fruits that must be read together with their clause. Because a good friend guards him, he does not follow after bad friends — what is guarded is nothing else than the not going after bad friends; and of the three examples Chengguan matches in the passage of causes, the last reads “by breaking ignorance, one does not follow bad friends,” setting the cause-clause able to break the long night’s darkness of ignorance against the fruit of this clause. On that match, what the guarding of a good friend guards is the eye — failing to recognize a bad friend is a matter of ignorance. Because a good friend rears him, he does not fall short in the bodhisattva Dharma — the fruit accomplished by rearing is that the bodhisattva Dharma is not fallen short in, and not some other merit. The former clause is a not-adding of what should not be added, the latter a not-diminishing of what should be there: one wards off an entry from outside, one wards off a loss from within, and so the two clauses stand next to each other without repeating. For the clause of rearing Chengguan sets forth no matching cause, saying of himself, “fearing prolixity I do not match them.” Brought down to the ground: what a good friend does for a person is, on one side, to keep away those he ought not follow, and on the other, to keep watch over the Dharma he ought not lack.
Of the forty-one clauses of “able to,” the first fourteen all say a clearing away, a breaking, a coming out, a leaving: able to purify the hindrances, to extinguish the offenses, to remove the difficulties, to stop the evils, able to break the long night’s darkness of ignorance, able to destroy the firm prison of views, to come out of the city of birth and death, able to renounce the worldly household, to cut the nets of the māras, to draw out the arrows of suffering, to leave the perilous place of unknowing, able to come out of the great wasteland of wrong views, to cross the floods of existence, to leave the wrong paths. Three of those fourteen name a place — a prison, a city, a wasteland: views are the prison, birth and death the city, wrong views the wasteland, and each says by its own shape why that place is hard to get out of. From able to show the road of awakening onward, the remaining twenty-seven turn direction, from taking away to giving: showing the road, teaching the Dharma, causing one to take a stand in the bodhisattva practice, causing one to turn toward omniscience, purifying the eye of knowledge, lengthening the mind of awakening, bringing forth great compassion, setting forth wondrous practice, expounding the perfections. Then station and practice — causing one to abide in the grounds, to gain the forbearances, to cultivate all roots of good, able to cause one to complete all the equipment of the path, bestowing great merit, causing one to reach the station of omniscience. Then feeling and approach — able to cause one to gather merit with joy, to cultivate the practices with eagerness, able to cause one to enter the profound meaning, to have the gate of deliverance revealed, to cut off the evil destinies. And last, shining, moistening, extinguishing, letting go, increasing, abiding — causing one to be lit by the light of Dharma, able to cause one to be moistened by the rain of Dharma, to extinguish every delusion, to let go of every view, to increase all the knowledge of the buddhas, able to cause one to abide in all the Dharma gates of the buddhas.
Wedged among those twenty-seven is one clause, able to expel bad friends, still in the tone of taking away — among the things a good friend gives is the driving off of those one ought not draw near. As for matching them one by one to the passage above, Chengguan says of himself, “the clauses below may have two or three matching one clause above, which can be got by the sense; fearing prolixity I do not match them,” and so the clause-by-clause assignment is not set out in the Commentary. Yet the three he has already matched — removing the difficulties against not turning back from the Great Vehicle, stopping the evils against not breaking the pure precepts, breaking ignorance against not following bad friends — are enough to show the method: every clause of “able to” takes away one cause of evil, and every “not” in the fourteen clauses above is a fruit that perishes because its cause is gone.
A misreading is to be set aside: that the two passages, before and after, say one and the same thing twice. Chengguan says it plainly: the former is the fruit, the latter the cause; the former says one does not fall, the latter says by what one does not fall. Brought down to the ground: to know that one ‘has not fallen down’ is one thing, and to know ‘what it was that removed that cause’ is another.
Ten Similes: Kind Mother · Kind Father · Wet-Nurse · Teacher …
From here Chengguan outlines the text as “teaching and exhorting,” saying “the text has four passages, all displayed by simile.” The first passage is just the ten similes: like a kind mother · like a kind father · like a wet-nurse · like a teacher · like one who guides well · like a good physician · like the Snow Mountains · like a brave general · like one who ferries travelers across · like a boatman, each concluding with the graph “since” the sense it takes.
The order of the ten similes has its own sequence: the first three are persons within the household (giving birth · rearing · guarding), the middle three are persons upon the road (teaching · guiding · healing), and the last four are helps in perilous places (the Snow Mountains bringing forth medicine · the brave general removing fear · the one who ferries travelers bringing one out of the flood · the boatman bringing one to the isle). The closing clause, “son of good family! You should constantly ponder the good friends with right mindfulness in this way,” Chengguan outlines as “the concluding exhortation.”
A misreading is to be set aside: that similes are for the sake of speaking prettily. The reason this passage needs ten is that what a good friend works upon a person is not of one kind only — the one who gives birth to you, rears you, guards you, teaches you, saves you, each is a separate matter. Brought down to the ground: if a good friend can bear even one of these similes, that is already a good friend.
Twenty-One Minds: From the Great Earth to a Prince
The second passage is twenty-one clauses of ‘one should bring forth a mind like such and such’: the great earth · a diamond · the Iron-Ring Mountains · an attendant · a disciple · a servant boy · a nursing mother · a hired laborer · a remover of dung · a ripened ear of grain · a fine horse · a great cart · a tamed and obedient elephant · Mount Sumeru · a good dog · a Zhantuluo · a gelded ox · a boat · a bridge · a filial son · a prince. Chengguan says here only that “there are twenty-one clauses; the text is plain” — the text is clear of itself and needs no further gloss.
The images these twenty-one clauses take are of three sorts: first, taking the virtue of a thing (the great earth bearing up · the diamond unbreakable · the Iron-Ring unmoving · Sumeru not tilting); second, taking the station of a person (attendant · disciple · servant boy · nursing mother · hired laborer · remover of dung · filial son · prince); third, taking beasts and implements (fine horse · great cart · tamed and obedient elephant · good dog · gelded ox · boat · bridge); while the one clause “a ripened ear of grain” takes the image of the ripened ear bending low, to liken being able to bend low.
Each of the twenty-one clauses has a “since” fastened to it, and what each takes is not the same, so each must be looked at. Four take the virtue of a thing: the great earth takes bearing heavy burdens without wearying; the diamond takes a resolve firm and unbreakable; one should bring forth a mind like the Iron-Ring Mountains, since no suffering whatever can move them takes suffering coming and nothing moving; Sumeru takes not tilting — the Iron-Ring answers to suffering, Sumeru to tilting, and the two mountains are not the same. Five take the station of a person in service, and what all five take is non-contravening: one should bring forth a mind like an attendant’s, since he accords with every command laid on him; the disciple takes having no contravening of any instruction; one should bring forth a mind like a hired laborer’s, since he does not contravene whatever teaching he receives; one should bring forth a mind like a filial son’s, since he goes along with the look on the face; one should bring forth a mind like a prince’s, since he carries out the commands he is taught. From according with commands to going along with the look on a face, they grow finer as they go, and the last returns to commands carried out.
Three speak of not wearying: the great earth, not wearying; the boat, going and coming untiring; one should bring forth a mind like a bridge’s, since it ferries across and forgets fatigue — and the great earth clause takes both bearing up and not wearying. One should bring forth a mind like a nursing mother’s, since she takes on every hardship and does not report her toil is a further remove: she takes the hardship and does not say so. The rest each take one sense and cannot stand in for one another: one should bring forth a mind like a servant boy’s, since he does not weary of any of the tasks takes not wearying of tasks; one should bring forth a mind like a ripened ear of grain’s, since it is able to bend low takes the ripe ear bending; one should bring forth a mind like a fine horse’s, since it is apart from bad temper takes being apart from bad temper; one should bring forth a mind like a great cart’s, since it is able to carry the heavy takes carrying weight; one should bring forth a mind like a tamed and obedient elephant’s, since it is constantly submissive takes constant submission; one should bring forth a mind like a good dog’s, since it does not harm its master takes not harming the master; one should bring forth a mind like a gelded ox’s, since it has no fierce anger takes having no fierce anger. Chengguan says here only that “there are twenty-one clauses; the text is plain,” and gives no clause-by-clause gloss, so the sense of each is to be had from the “since” the scripture text fastens to it — which is exactly why the next paragraph must read the servant boy apart from the remover of dung.
A misreading is to be set aside: that among them the clauses of the remover of dung · the servant boy · the Zhantuluo teach a person to belittle himself. The sense fastened to the clauses of the remover of dung and the Zhantuluo is written graph for graph as “since it leaves arrogance behind,” and that of the servant boy as “since it does not weary of any task whatever” — what is put away is conceit and weariness, not self-respect. Brought down to the ground: the difference between bending low and belittling oneself is that the one sets the self down and the other sees the self as small.
Ten Pairs and Four Matters: Oneself · The Good Friend · The Dharma Spoken · The Practice Cultivated
The third passage is the setting of self and friend face to face. Chengguan says, “the text has ten clauses, each clause with four matters; it can be understood.” The ten pairs are: sick and suffering · king of physicians · fine medicine · removing illness; going far · guide · right road · arriving far away; seeking to be ferried across · boatman · boat and oars · reaching the shore; sprouting grain · dragon king · timely rain · ripening; poor · King Vaiśravaṇa · goods and jewels · wealth and abundance; apprentice · fine craftsman · the craft · knowing it thoroughly; afraid · one brave and strong · weapons · breaking the foe; merchant · caravan leader · precious jewels · gathering them up; son · father and mother · the family estate · carrying on the succession; prince · great minister · the royal decree · wearing the royal crown and the rest.
The manner of this passage differs from the two before: the two before speak only of the good friend, while here within one clause four matters are placed at once — what I am, what he is, what the Dharma is, what the practice is. The fourth matter of the last pair is, graph for graph, four items (wearing the royal crown · wearing the royal robes · fastening on the royal sash · sitting in the royal hall), while each of the other nine pairs has one item.
The two graphs “can be got” in Chengguan’s remark “there are ten clauses, each clause with four matters, which can be got” point at something. The Yanyi chao sets forth what it is that can be got, saying “these four are just the four proximate causes and conditions of the Nirvāṇa Sūtra, glossed repeatedly before, and so it says can be got. The first two clauses are drawing near to good friends; the third clause is hearing the right Dharma; the fourth clause is cultivating as taught; and since right mindfulness and contemplation run through all four clauses, every clause makes one give rise to such a thought.” By the chao, the four matters within one pair answer exactly to the four proximate causes: oneself and the good friend, the two of them, are drawing near to good friends; the Dharma spoken is hearing the right Dharma; the practice cultivated is cultivating as taught; while right mindfulness and contemplation take no separate place of their own but run through all four. These ten pairs are therefore not ten figures set side by side, but the four proximate causes played through once over in each of ten stations. Brought down to the ground: let one of the four matters be missing, and that proximate cause is broken right there.
A misreading is to be set aside: that these are ten similes each standing on its own. The matching of the four matters is the very substance of this passage — mistake what you yourself are, and the other three will all go wrong along with it. Brought down to the ground: first ask yourself whether you are now a sick person, a person going far, or a prince; the answer decides how you will hear that clause.
The Concluding Exhortation: Draw Near with a Mind Such as This
The fourth passage is the concluding exhortation and the benefit it establishes: “You should bring forth a mind such as this and form an intention such as this in drawing near to good friends. Why is it so? Drawing near to good friends with a mind such as this is able to make his aspiration attain purity forever.”
Chengguan outlines this as “first the exhortation proper; after, from ‘why’ onward, taking up the benefit to establish the explanation.” The benefit taken up is one clause only — making his aspiration attain purity forever.
A misreading is to be set aside: that the benefit of drawing near to good friends ought to be gaining the Dharma, gaining concentration, gaining spiritual powers. Here only purity of aspiration is spoken of. Brought down to the ground: if a person’s aspiration is still mixed with something else, then however much he gains, it is that aspiration that is doing the gaining.
Praising the Ten Similes Again: Snow Mountains · Great Sea · Fierce Fire · Lotus Blossom
After the taking up of the benefit, the scripture text has another passage of “again,” of which nine clauses among the ten read ‘good friends are such and such, as it were such and such’: nourishing the many roots of good as the Snow Mountains nourish the medicinal herbs · being a vessel of the Buddha-Dharma as the great sea swallows in the many streams · being a place of merit and virtue as the great sea brings forth the many jewels · purifying the mind of awakening as a fierce fire refines true gold · passing beyond the dharmas of the world as Sumeru rises out of the sea · not being stained by the dharmas of the world as the lotus blossom does not cling to the water · not receiving the many evils as the great sea does not lodge a corpse overnight · increasing the white dharmas as the white moon is round and full · illumining the Dharma realm as the blazing sun shines upon the four continents · nourishing the bodhisattva body as father and mother rear a son. Among the ten similes “as it were” occurs nine times, while the fifth simile reads “as Mount Sumeru rises out above the great sea” and not “as it were” — the differing form follows the base text.
Chengguan outlines this as “praising the friend again as being able to benefit, and therefore fit to be served.” The former ten similes say what a good friend is like; these ten similes say what a good friend does.
A misreading is to be set aside: that it repeats the ten similes before. The former ten take human relations and the road traveled, these ten take mountains, seas, sun, and moon — what is praised is not the same. Brought down to the ground: as for this matter of good friends, it is not exhausted even at the twentieth simile.
Lodging the Numbers to Conclude Their Multitude, and Gathering All Together to Conclude Their Multitude
The last two passages are both a gathering up. First is the lodging of numbers: ten clauses of “ten beyond-speaking hundreds of thousands of koṭis,” the first four clauses using nayutas and the last six using asaṃkhyeyas. Chengguan judges here, saying “since it runs through everything, why only hundreds of thousands? It is clear that saying ‘ten beyond-speaking’ above is meant to display that they are inexhaustible” — these numbers are not there for one to count, but for one to know that they cannot be counted.
Afterward is the gathering all together: all bodhisattva practices · perfections · grounds · forbearances · gates of dhāraṇī · gates of samādhi · knowledge of spiritual power · dedications · vows, and then it concludes, saying “all the accomplishing of the Buddha-Dharma by bodhisattvas is by the power of good friends, takes good friends as its root, is born depending on good friends, comes forth depending on good friends, grows depending on good friends, abides depending on good friends; good friends are its cause and condition, and good friends are what set it in motion.”
A misreading is to be set aside: that “by the power of good friends” hands the credit over to someone else. What the scripture text says is “takes as its root,” “are its cause and condition,” “are what set it in motion” — it speaks of where the thing starts, not of anyone standing in for you. Brought down to the ground: the road must be walked by oneself, but the first lifting of the foot was given by another.
Cherishing Their Virtue and Taking Leave: What He Carries Away Are the Words “Merit and Virtue”
The last passage is Sudhana’s taking leave: “At that time Sudhana the youth, having heard of merit and virtue such as this belonging to good friends — able to reveal measureless wondrous practices of bodhisattvas, able to accomplish measureless vast Buddha-Dharma — leapt up in gladness, bowed to the feet of Virtue-Born and Endowed with Virtue, circled them measureless times, gazed up at them with earnest devotion, and only then took his leave and departed.”
What is to be noticed is what the scripture text records Sudhana as having heard — not the liberation of the abiding in illusion, but “merit and virtue such as this belonging to good friends.” The first half of this section speaks of the abiding in illusion, the second half of good friends; and what the last passage concludes upon is the second half.
A misreading is to be set aside: that cherishing their virtue and taking leave is a set formula. Here the eight graphs “having heard of merit and virtue such as this belonging to good friends” set the weight of the whole unit upon the second half. Brought down to the ground: what he carries away from this good friend is the knowing of why the next one is worth going to.
The Assigning of Stations and the Five Marks: Whose Judgment Is This
In Chengguan’s outline this section belongs to the second of the five marks of the last assembly, the mark of the conditions gathered and entering the real, and the name of this section is “the good friend of the gate of the illusory knowledge that returns to illusion.” This layer requires that it be made clear who is doing the judging.
The assigning of stations and the matching of the five marks come from Chengguan following the ancient worthies, and before matching them Chengguan sets up a passage of even-handed words: “Both have their reason. That is, since each single station is complete in many Dharma gates, how should an ordinary mind be barred from practicing and seeking the dharma of good friends? — and so not matching them has its reason. Yet within the absence of graded stations the graded stations are not obstructed, and displaying the stations is the constant rule, so that matching them likewise is no error.” Only afterward does he say “the horizontal and the vertical are unobstructed, and for now I follow the ancient worthies in matching them as five marks.” That is to say: to match and not to match both have their reason; what Chengguan takes is “for now I follow.”
A misreading is to be set aside: that the matching of the fifty-three good friends to fifty-three stations is arranged by the scripture text itself. From beginning to end the scripture text never says that a given friend is a given station. Brought down to the ground: in reading the judgment that assigns stations, one must read it together with Chengguan’s clause “both have their reason” — that is the measure with which he laid this judgment down.
Lineage
The text of this section opens three lines of flow onward.
The first is the line of glossing the name. Fazang, upon the nearness of the Sanskrit sounds, distinguishes the rendered names, saying “the old witness names him Wondrous Virtue, which here is Virtue-Born. Wondrous Virtue Grace, which here is Endowed with Virtue. Since in the original tongue the name is Shilimo, which in this tongue is Endowed with Virtue; Shilimodi, which in this tongue is Virtue Grace. Because the sounds and graphs are near to one another, the two renderings differ.” Li Tongxuan goes not by the rendered names but by the symbolizing of the Dharma, making it “the two practices, knowledge and compassion, are level and equal” and “knowledge and compassion are equally full.” What the two houses set up lies, for the one, in the sound, and for the other, in the sense.
The second is the line of the abiding in illusion. Chengguan sets up its substance by “the dharmas of the knower and the known, the objective realm and knowledge, the defiled and the pure, all arise from conditions,” and sets up its being beyond conceiving by the four clauses of not existent, not non-existent, not one, not different, returning to “unobstructed layer upon layer”; Fazang sets up the abiding in illusion by the two meanings of the known and the knower, and sets up its being beyond conceiving by “losing the two extremes and not abiding in the middle either”; Li Tongxuan, upon this gate, draws Indra’s net as its likeness, saying “illusion gives birth to light and shadow, bodies and lands layer upon layer, as in Indra’s net bodies and objects are layer upon layer, and in the ten directions bodies, lands, objects, and marks enter one another unobstructed, unobstructed.” All three houses carry the abiding in illusion through to unobstructedness layer upon layer, while the road each takes is a separate one.
The third is the line of dividing the outline, each with its own track, recorded without adjudication. The outline of this section Chengguan makes sixfold (seeking in accord with the teaching · seeing, paying respect, and inquiring · displaying their own Dharma gate · humbling themselves and pointing to the superior · pointing out the next friend · cherishing their virtue and taking leave), and beneath pointing out the next friend he opens out the ten passages of the gates one should cultivate and the four passages of teaching and exhorting; Fazang, upon the sixty-fascicle witness, makes three divisions beneath displaying their own Dharma realm (setting forth the name · the working · concluding and pointing on), and at the end of the passage concludes generally, “the foregoing ten persons together make clear the friends of the second great division, the conditions gathered and entering the real”; Li Tongxuan does not divide the outline friend by friend, but takes “the gate of the buddha-fruit gained by Maitreya in one more birth” as a long outline of ten passages and makes this section the first of them; Zhiyan places this passage under the third, the mark of gathering virtue and accomplishing the cause, and glosses the two youths separately as showing the working of transformation and lodging blessings and wisdom, while also preserving a doubt that the order here is lost, which he says he has not settled. The bones of the four houses all differ. In the counting of gates and clauses there are differing forms as well: Chengguan makes them ten questions · ninety-eight gates · fifteen clauses · forty clauses, while the base text counted graph by graph gives eleven questions · ninety-five opening clauses · fourteen clauses · forty-one clauses; as for the thirty-five clauses of taking up the benefit, the commentary and the base text agree. These divergent interpretations and divergent counts are alike the settled accounts of the ancient worthies and the base text graph for graph.
In the text of one section, about one part in ten speaks of themselves and about nine parts of another. The one part that speaks of themselves is named the abiding in illusion; the nine parts that speak of another are, clause by clause, speaking of good friends. The two matters are at root one matter — only one who knows that everything is an illusion can say the five graphs “born depending on good friends” without falling into a single dependency.
考據Apparatus
善財第五十友是一會二人——德生童子與有德童女。全子四千四百九十三字,無偈頌。二人所證之解脫名「幻住」,十種幻住句句「上句標幻、下句以緣生釋成」,末以「幻境自性不可思議」結歎。此下約九成篇幅,不再說自己的法門,而是說下一位——指海岸國大莊嚴園毘盧遮那莊嚴藏樓閣中之彌勒,並就「汝詣彼問」之十一句問,開出一大段勸修事友之文:應修諸門、誡去過十句、舉益三十五句、外護十四句、舉因四十一句、十喻、廿一發心譬喻、身友對辨十對、重讚十喻、寄數十句、總收結多。「善知識」三字全子六十五見。澄觀科此子為「第九德生,有德幻智歸幻門善友」,屬末會五相之第二「會緣入實相」之相;其寄位五相之判,澄觀自言「且依古德配為五相」,並先立持平之語。本節文分六:依教趣求·見敬諮問·示己法門·謙己推勝·指示後友·戀德禮辭;第六一科在本節,澄觀以「第六」冠之而名曰「戀德禮辭」〔T35n1735 0955c07〕,其下始接「自下大文第三慈氏一人」〔0955c07–0955c08〕以起次子,二句同行而句界分明。
一、科判定位
| 科判系統 | 此節經文 之位 |
|---|---|
| 底本 T279 三十九品 | 品三十九 入法界品(第九會 逝多林);德生童子·有德童女=〔T10 0419c14〕–〔0422b14 前〕 |
| 澄觀《華嚴經疏》 | 本節正釋起〔T35n1735 0954b07〕「第九德生,有德幻智歸幻門善友」,訖於第六戀德禮辭〔0955c07〕(同行後半起次子) |
| 澄觀《演義鈔》 | 釋疏「三就五類法中」等語〔T36n1736 0692b24–0692c29〕 |
| 法藏《探玄記》(六十華嚴疏) | 釋名〔T35n1733 0486a18〕起;示己法界三分〔0486a21〕;「大段第三,彌勒位是攝德成因相知識者」〔0486b04〕為法藏自起之彌勒科界標,然其下「五分同前。初舉法勸修中亦三」〔0486b06〕以降,至「明順友成益,於中三」〔0487a04〕,所釋仍當本節經文之指處·示人·教問·勸修事友諸段;〔0487a07〕「明依教趣入」以下屬次子 |
| 李通玄《新華嚴經論》 | 釋二人之名〔T36n1739 1004c05〕起;「從此十一地已後,會慈氏一生所得佛果門」長科為十段〔1004c20–c21〕,本節當其第一段〔1004c22〕 |
| 智儼《搜玄記》 | 本會此段科屬彌勒一科之下——「明第三攝德成因相,為彌勒是因故也」〔T35n1732 0103a23–0103a24〕;其「初文有五:初示方便知識」〔0103a27〕之初分下別出「二明二童子等,表見化用」〔0103b03〕,續釋依報住處·知識名德·教問十句·求知識益,訖於「第二依教趣入」〔0103c06〕前 |
友序:本帙以德雲比丘為第一友順數,摩耶夫人為第四十一友,其下別一至別八為第四十二至第四十九友(遍友·善知眾藝各計一友),德生童子·有德童女二人一會,是為第五十友。
澄觀之六分科——本節之骨(前五見〔T35n1735 0954b07–b10〕·〔0954c09〕·〔0954c10〕,第六見〔0955c07〕):
「第九德生,有德幻智歸幻門善友。第一依教趣求。第二「見德生」下見敬諮問。第三「時童子」下示己法門。於中二:初標名、後業用。」〔T35n1735 0954b07–0954b10〕
示己法門之業用復開二,前者即十種幻:
「二「得此解脫」下明業用,中二:初別明、後結歎。今初,有十種幻,皆上句標幻、下句以緣生釋成。十中,初一為總,緣生世界並通染淨,剎海亦名世界故;餘九為別。」〔T35n1735 0954b12–0954b15〕
謙己推勝與指示後友二分:
「第四「善男子我等」下謙己推勝。第五「時童子下」指示後友。於中二:初以力冥加、後「而告」下以言顯示。於中三:初指處、二示人、三教問。」〔T35n1735 0954c09–0954c12〕
教問一分之下,開出本節最大之一段:
「三「汝詣彼」下教問,中二:先正教興十問者,表無盡故;後「何以」下釋廣問所由,先徵、後釋。」〔T35n1735 0955a03–0955a05〕
應修諸門之分段:
「前中,有九十八門,分為十段:一上求菩提行;二「應化」下下救眾生行;三「應斷」下自斷惑障行;四「應令無量眾生」下勸物出離行;五「應消滅」下淨自根欲行,除三不善根,則成三善根等故;六「應生淨信」下力用自在行;七「應分別」下攝法治惑行;八「應嚴辦」下供佛攝生行;九「應修總持」下悲願深廣行;十「應入差別心」下證入圓滿行。」〔T35n1735 0955a15–0955a22〕
教勸事友之四段:
「第二「善男子善知識者如慈母」下教勸,謂教其事友之方。文有四段,皆約喻顯。一教念友勝德,於中先歎勝、後「常當如是」下結勸。二「復次汝承事」下教起事友心行,有二十一句,文顯。三「復次汝應於自身」下身友對辨,文有十句,句各四事,可知。四「善男子汝應發如是心」下結勸成益。」〔T35n1735 0955b23–0955b29〕
戀德禮辭一科之位置:澄觀於本節末立第六科,冠以「第六」而名曰「戀德禮辭」〔T35n1735 0955c07〕;同一行之後半始作「自下大文第三慈氏一人」〔T35n1735 0955c07–0955c08〕,以起慈氏一科,其「文唯五」〔0955c09〕之語又在次子來意之後。二句同行而句界分明:前句結本節之科,後句方起次子。本節之禮辭經文〔T10 0422b10–b13〕全含於本節窗內;疏於此科僅一句帶過,據實標其位。
二、術語
| 漢 | 古德傳梵(羅馬字·發音輔助) | 所徵 | 精義 |
|---|---|---|---|
| 幻住 | — | 本節「我等證得菩薩解脫,名為:幻住」〔T10n0279 0419c19–c20〕 | 二人所證解脫之名;澄觀釋「謂能所境智染淨之法,皆從緣起,無定性故,如幻而住」〔T35n1735 0954b10–b11〕;法藏立二義「一明所知諸法依緣虛立,名為幻住;二能知之智住幻境中,此則住幻,故云幻住」〔T35n1733 0486a21–a23〕 |
| 德生 | 古德音寫作「室利末底」(此依法藏所傳) | 本節「見德生童子、有德童女」〔T10n0279 0419c14–c15〕 | 童子之名;法藏「舊本名妙德,當此德生也」「室利末底,此云德惠」〔T35n1733 0486a18–a20〕 |
| 有德 | 古德音寫作「室利末」(此依法藏所傳) | 同上 | 童女之名;法藏「妙德惠,當此有德也。以本語名室利末,此云有德」〔T35n1733 0486a18–a20〕,並云「以聲字相近故,二譯不同也」〔0486a20〕 |
| 妙意華門 | — | 本節「至妙意華門城」〔T10n0279 0419c14〕 | 二人所住之城;六十本此段承前段省稱「至於彼城」〔T09n0278 0767b08〕 |
| 海岸 | — | 本節「於此南方,有國名:海岸」〔T10n0279 0420a07〕 | 後友之國;澄觀「國名海岸者,南海北岸,一生菩薩臨智海故」〔T35n1735 0954c12–c13〕;六十本作「海㵎」〔T09n0278 0767c07〕 |
| 大莊嚴 | — | 本節「有園名:大莊嚴」〔T10n0279 0420a07–a08〕 | 後友之園;澄觀「因圓萬行而嚴果故。又生死園苑,以萬行樹林嚴自果故」〔T35n1735 0954c13–c15〕 |
| 毘盧遮那莊嚴藏 | 「毘盧遮那」本即古傳音寫 | 本節「有一廣大樓閣,名:毘盧遮那莊嚴藏」〔T10n0279 0420a08–a09〕 | 彌勒所處之樓閣;澄觀「約法,則二智相依、緣起相由,故云樓閣。智即法界,是為廣大」〔T35n1735 0954c17–c19〕 |
| 彌勒 | 古德音寫具云「迷帝隷」(此依澄觀所傳) | 本節「彌勒菩薩摩訶薩安處其中」〔T10n0279 0420a13〕 | 後友之名;澄觀「此云慈,是其姓也」,並列三緣(本願·慈心三昧·母懷時有慈心),又「名阿逸多,此云無勝」〔T35n1735 0954c25–0955a01〕 |
| 善知識 | — | 本節「善知識者,如慈母,出生佛種故」〔T10n0279 0421b25–b26〕 | 全子六十五見;本節後半之主詞 |
| 普賢地 | — | 本節「能令汝入普賢地」〔T10n0279 0420b07〕 | 彌勒能令善財所入之地 |
| 阿僧祇 | —(「阿僧祇」本即古傳音寫) | 本節「斷十不可說百千億阿僧祇障」〔T10n0279 0422a27–a28〕 | 不可數之大數名 |
| 那由他 | —(「那由他」本即古傳音寫) | 本節「得十不可說百千億那由他功德」〔T10n0279 0422a24–a25〕 | 大數名 |
| 旃荼羅 | —(古傳音寫) | 本節「應發如旃荼羅心,離憍慢故」〔T10n0279 0421c15–c16〕 | 廿一發心譬喻之一 |
| 犗牛 | — | 本節「應發如犗牛心,無威怒故」〔T10n0279 0421c16–c17〕 | 廿一發心譬喻之一;經自釋「無威怒故」,諸家窗內無別訓 |
| 毘沙門王 | 「毘沙門」本即古傳音寫 | 本節「於善知識生毘沙門王想」〔T10n0279 0421c28–c29〕 | 身友對辨十對之第五對 |
三、譬喻·修辭
(一) 十種幻住之句式——本節第一大組修辭。澄觀直判其式:「有十種幻,皆上句標幻、下句以緣生釋成」〔T35n1735 0954b13–b14〕。底本逐字十見「皆幻住」,所標之十者為世界·眾生·世間·法·三世·眾生生滅生老病死憂悲苦惱·國土·聲聞辟支佛·菩薩·菩薩眾會變化調伏諸所施為;所釋之緣依次為因緣所生·業煩惱所起·無明有愛等展轉緣生·我見等種種幻緣所生·我見等顛倒智所生·虛妄分別所生·想倒心倒見倒無明所現·智斷分別所成·能自調伏教化眾生諸行願法之所成·願智幻所成。澄觀復判其開合:「十中,初一為總……餘九為別。初五約染分依他……後三種但約淨分依他」〔0954b14–0954c03〕。法藏就六十本判為「初六知世間法幻住……後三知三乘幻」〔T35n1733 0486a25–a28〕,開合與澄觀異。
(二) 十喻歎善知識——「善知識者,如慈母,出生佛種故」以下,底本逐字十喻:慈母·慈父·乳母·教師·善導·良醫·雪山·勇將·濟客·船師〔T10n0279 0421b25–c03〕。喻與所取之義一一相配,皆以「故」字收:出生佛種·廣大利益·守護不令作惡·示其菩薩所學·能示波羅蜜道·能治煩惱諸病·增長一切智藥·殄除一切怖畏·令出生死暴流·令到智慧寶洲。澄觀判此段為教勸四段之第一「教念友勝德」〔T35n1735 0955b24–b25〕。
(三) 廿一發心譬喻——「應發如大地心」以下,底本逐字二十一句:大地·金剛·鐵圍山·給侍·弟子·僮僕·養母·傭作·除糞人·已熟稼·良馬·大車·調順象·須彌山·良犬·旃荼羅·犗牛·舟船·橋梁·孝子·王子〔T10n0279 0421c04–c19〕。澄觀「有二十一句,文顯」〔T35n1735 0955b26–b27〕。其取譬之類凡三:一取物之德(大地荷負·金剛不壞·鐵圍不動·須彌不傾),二取人之位(給侍·弟子·僮僕·養母·傭作·除糞人·孝子·王子),三取畜與器(良馬·大車·調順象·良犬·犗牛·舟船·橋梁),而「已熟稼」一句取稼穗低垂之象以喻能低下。
(四) 身友對辨十對——「汝應於自身生病苦想」以下,底本逐字十對,對對四事(自身·善知識·所說法·所修行)〔T10n0279 0421c20–0422a11〕:病苦·醫王·良藥·除病;遠行·導師·正道·遠達;求度·船師·舟檝·到岸;苗稼·龍王·時雨·成熟;貧窮·毘沙門王·財寶·富饒;弟子·良工·技藝·了知;恐怖·勇健·器仗·破怨;商人·導師·珍寶·捃拾;兒子·父母·家業·紹繼;王子·大臣·王教·冠王冠想服王服想繫王繒想坐王殿想。末一對之第四事逐字四目,餘九對各一目。澄觀「文有十句,句各四事,可知」〔T35n1735 0955b27–b28〕。
(五) 重讚十喻——「善知識者長諸善根,譬如雪山長諸藥草」以下,底本逐字十喻,句式為『善知識者某某,譬如某某』〔T10n0279 0422a13–a23〕:雪山長藥草·大海吞納眾流·大海出生眾寶·猛火能鍊真金·須彌山出於大海·蓮華不著於水·大海不宿死屍·白月光色圓滿·盛日照四天下·父母養育兒子。十喻中「譬如」九見,第五喻作「如須彌山出於大海」而不作「譬如」,異形照底本。澄觀判此為結勸成益之下「重讚友為能益故宜承事」〔T35n1735 0955c02〕。
(六) 寄數之修辭——「得十不可說百千億那由他功德」以下十句,前四句用「那由他」、後六句用「阿僧祇」〔T10n0279 0422a23–b03〕。澄觀就此判曰「既通一切,何但百千,明知前云十不可說,意顯無盡耳」〔T35n1735 0955c05–0955c06〕。
四、異譯對勘
本節經文要句之漢譯校本:實叉難陀 T279(底本)· 佛馱跋陀羅 T278(晉譯六十華嚴〈入法界品第三十四〉·卷五十七–五十八)· 般若 T293(四十華嚴〈入法界品〉)。
句一 趣求·見敬諮問
| 校本 | 逐字 | 出處 |
|---|---|---|
| 實叉 T279 | 爾時,善財童子漸次南行,至妙意華門城,見德生童子、有德童女,頂禮其足,右遶畢已 | T10n0279 0419c14–c15 |
| 佛馱 T278 | 漸次南行,至於彼城,見童子、童女,頂禮其足。圍遶畢已 | T09n0278 0767b08–b09 |
| 般若 T293 | 法,熏習其心,漸次南行,詣妙意華門城,見德生童子、有德童女,頂禮其足,遶無數匝 | T10n0293 0809a19–a20 |
異文所繫:(甲) 城名,80 與 40 皆於本段逐字冠「妙意華門城」,60 作「至於彼城」——該城名 60 已於本節窗前之段先出,本段承前省稱。(乙) 善友名,80 與 40 皆作「德生童子、有德童女」,60 於本段唯作「童子、童女」不冠名。(丙) 遶數,80 作「右遶畢已」,60 作「圍遶畢已」,40 作「遶無數匝」。誌錄不判。
句二 示己法門·標名
| 校本 | 逐字 | 出處 |
|---|---|---|
| 實叉 T279 | 善男子!我等證得菩薩解脫,名為:幻住。得此解脫故,見一切世界皆幻住,因緣所生故 | T10n0279 0419c19–c21 |
| 佛馱 T278 | 善男子!我等證得菩薩解脫,名為幻住。以斯淨智觀諸世間皆幻住,因緣生故 | T09n0278 0767b12–b14 |
| 般若 T293 | 善男子!我等證得菩薩解脫,名為幻住。得此解脫,具足圓滿,以斯淨智,遍觀諸法,無非幻住,幻所成就 | T10n0293 0809a24–a26 |
異文所繫:(甲) 解脫名三本全同作「幻住」。(乙) 起觀之語,80 作「得此解脫故,見……」,60 作「以斯淨智觀……」,40 兼二形作「得此解脫,具足圓滿,以斯淨智,遍觀諸法」。(丙) 第一幻之所觀,80 作「一切世界」,60 作「諸世間」,40 作「一切世界」。誌錄不判。
句三 十種幻之列目
| 校本 | 逐字 | 出處 |
|---|---|---|
| 實叉 T279 | 一切世間皆幻住,無明、有愛等展轉緣生故;一切法皆幻住,我見等種種幻緣所生故;一切三世皆幻住,我見等顛倒智所生故 | T10n0279 0419c22–c25 |
| 佛馱 T278 | 一切法皆幻住,無明有愛等展轉緣生故;一切三界皆幻住,顛倒智所生故 | T09n0278 0767b15–b17 |
| 般若 T293 | 見一切世間皆幻住,無明有愛等展轉緣生故;見一切諸法皆幻住,我見等種種幻緣所生故;見一切三世皆幻住,我見等顛倒智所生故 | T10n0293 0809a28–b02 |
異文所繫:(甲) 80 與 40 於此處逐字三目(世間·法·三世),60 逐字二目(法·三界)——60 以「一切法」承 80「一切世間」之釋語(無明有愛等展轉緣生),而 80「一切法」一目 60 無別出。(乙) 第五目,80 與 40 作「三世」,60 作「三界」。(丙) 60 於第五目無「我見等」三字。(丁) 菩薩幻一目,80 作「能自調伏教化眾生諸行願法之所成故」,60 作「能自調伏教化眾生殊勝智心及諸行願之所成故」〔T09n0278 0767b20–b22〕,40 作「能自調伏,成熟眾生,諸行願法,相續現前之所成故」〔T10n0293 0809b06–b08〕。誌錄不判。
句四 指處
| 校本 | 逐字 | 出處 |
|---|---|---|
| 實叉 T279 | 於此南方,有國名:海岸,有園名:大莊嚴,其中有一廣大樓閣,名:毘盧遮那莊嚴藏 | T10n0279 0420a07–a09 |
| 佛馱 T278 | 於此南方,有一國土,名曰海㵎;彼有園林,名大莊嚴藏;於彼林中,有大樓觀,名嚴淨藏 | T09n0278 0767c06–c08 |
| 般若 T293 | 於此南方近海門處,有一國土名為沃田;彼國有園,名大莊嚴,其中有一廣大樓閣,名毘盧遮那莊嚴藏 | T10n0293 0809b16–b18 |
異文所繫:(甲) 國名三本各異——80「海岸」、60「海㵎」、40「沃田」(40 另冠「近海門處」)。(乙) 園名,80 與 40 作「大莊嚴」,60 作「大莊嚴藏」。(丙) 樓閣名,80 與 40 作「毘盧遮那莊嚴藏」,60 作「嚴淨藏」,且 60 稱「樓觀」不稱「樓閣」。(丁) 樓閣所從生,80 逐字四從(善根果報·念力願力自在力神通力·善巧方便·福德智慧),60 作「菩薩往昔善根所起,菩薩諸願自在,諸通智力,巧妙方便,功德大悲法門所起」〔T09n0278 0767c08–c10〕。誌錄不判。
句五 教問之問數
| 校本 | 逐字 | 出處 |
|---|---|---|
| 實叉 T279 | 汝詣彼問:菩薩云何行菩薩行?云何修菩薩道?云何學菩薩戒?……云何具菩薩功德法?云何事菩薩善知識? | T10n0279 0420a22–a27 |
| 佛馱 T278 | 汝詣彼問云何菩薩淨菩薩道、云何菩薩學菩薩戒、云何菩薩淨菩薩心……云何菩薩住功德行、云何菩薩近善知識 | T09n0278 0767c16–c21 |
| 般若 T293 | 汝詣彼問菩薩云何行菩薩行、云何修菩薩道、云何學菩薩戒……云何具菩薩功德法、云何事菩薩善知識 | T10n0293 0809c05–c10 |
異文所繫:(甲) 底本逐字「云何」十一見,40 亦十一見,60 十見(60 無「行菩薩行」一問,而別出「得菩薩地」「得諸忍法」「住功德行」諸問)。澄觀就八十本判曰「先正教興十問者,表無盡故」〔T35n1735 0955a04〕——疏作十,底本逐字十一,異形誌錄不判。(乙) 第七問,80 作「云何入菩薩所住地」,40 作「云何入菩薩自在地」。誌錄不判。
句六 誡去劣與應修諸門
| 校本 | 逐字 | 出處 |
|---|---|---|
| 實叉 T279 | 汝不應修一善、照一法、行一行、發一願、得一記、住一忍,生究竟想;不應以限量心,行於六度,住於十地,淨佛國土,事善知識 | T10n0279 0420b09–b12 |
| 佛馱 T278 | 汝不應於一善根中,生知足想;一光明法,一行,一願,一授記別,得法忍門,六波羅蜜;菩薩諸地,所淨佛剎,近善知識;於是事中,生知足想 | T09n0278 0768a02–a05 |
| 般若 T293 | 汝今不應修一善根,照一法門,發一大願,受一記別,住於一忍,生究竟想;不應以限量心,行於最勝諸波羅蜜 | T10n0293 0809c23–c26 |
異文所繫:(甲) 所生之想,80 與 40 作「生究竟想」,60 兩作「生知足想」。(乙) 應修諸門之數,澄觀就八十本判「前中,有九十八門,分為十段」〔T35n1735 0955a15〕;底本此段逐字以「應」字起句者九十五見〔T10n0279 0420b12–0420c28〕(末門「應同諸菩薩」一句下含安住·供養·嚴淨·出生四事)——疏之門數與底本逐字起句數異形,誌錄不判。(丙) 40 此段別增「應捨無量內外財」「應讚無量持戒」「應令無量眾生住清淨戒」等句〔T10n0293 0810b06–b12〕,並於末別出「不思議妙行金剛句」「不思議語言祕密句」等一組〔0810c05–c09〕,80 與 60 無之。(丁) 結略顯廣一段,底本逐字「應普」十一見〔T10n0279 0420c29–0421a04〕。誌錄不判。
句七 舉益·外護·舉因之句數
| 校本 | 逐字 | 出處 |
|---|---|---|
| 實叉 T279 | 何以故?善男子!菩薩因善知識,聽聞一切菩薩諸行,成就一切菩薩功德 | T10n0279 0421a10–a12 |
| 實叉 T279 | 善男子!菩薩由善知識任持,不墮惡趣;由善知識攝受,不退大乘 | T10n0279 0421a28–b01 |
| 實叉 T279 | 何以故?善男子!善知識者,能淨諸障,能滅諸罪,能除諸難,能止諸惡 | T10n0279 0421b10–b11 |
異文所繫:澄觀就此三段各出句數——舉益「於中有三十五句,句各一行」〔T35n1735 0955b05–b06〕;外護正明「十五句」、舉因「四十句」(「以此四十句釋上正明十五句」)〔T35n1735 0955b11–b12〕。底本逐字實計:舉益段三十五句〔T10n0279 0421a10–a28〕、外護正明段以「由」字起句者十四句〔0421a28–b09〕、舉因段以「能」字起句者四十一句〔0421b10–b25〕——舉益之數與疏合,外護與舉因二數與疏異形,誌錄不判。60 本此二段句式全同構而句數與辭彙互異〔T09n0278 0768b20–0769a08 段〕。
句八 十喻·廿一發心·十對·總收
| 校本 | 逐字 | 出處 |
|---|---|---|
| 實叉 T279 | 善知識者,如慈母,出生佛種故;如慈父,廣大利益故;如乳母,守護不令作惡故 | T10n0279 0421b25–b27 |
| 佛馱 T278 | 善知識者,則為牢船,悉令越度生死海故;善知識者,則為船師,令至一切智法寶洲故 | T09n0278 0769a09–a11 |
| 實叉 T279 | 應發如大地心,荷負重任無疲倦故;應發如金剛心,志願堅固不可壞故 | T10n0279 0421c04–c06 |
| 佛馱 T278 | 發大地心,持一切事,無疲倦故;發金剛心,堅固正直,不可壞故 | T09n0278 0769a12–a14 |
| 實叉 T279 | 一切菩薩成就佛法,皆由善知識力,以善知識而為根本,依善知識生,依善知識出,依善知識長,依善知識住 | T10n0279 0422b07–b09 |
| 佛馱 T278 | 如是等一切法,善知識為本:依善知識起、依善知識生、依善知識取、依善知識發、依善知識長、依善知識住、依善知識得 | T09n0278 0769c07–c10 |
異文所繫:(甲) 十喻之體,80 作「如慈母」型(十喻皆以「如」起),60 作「善知識者,則為牢船」型(以「則為」起),二本喻目亦不全同。(乙) 廿一發心,80 逐字二十一句而句句作『應發如某某心』,60 作『發某某心』而目多異(如 80「鐵圍山心」/60「金剛山心」;80「給侍心」/60「無自心」;80「良犬心」/60「小犬心」;80「犗牛心」/60「折角心」;80「舟船心」/60「大船心」;60 另有「大風心」「寶馬心」「大象心」「大山心」「卑下心」「成熟心」諸目)〔T09n0278 0769a12–a27〕。(丙) 身友對辨,80 十對對對四事,60 諸對多作三事(如「又於自身,生遠行想;於善知識,生導師想;於所說教,生正路想」)〔T09n0278 0769a29–b01〕。(丁) 總收結多之「依」字句,80 逐字四句(生·出·長·住),60 逐字七句(起·生·取·發·長·住·得)。誌錄不判。
句九 四十本獨有之增文(唯誌錄)
40 本德生·有德一子篇幅逾 80 與 60 數倍〔T10n0293 0809a19–0816c23〕。除幻住之列(80 十句·60 九句·40 十句)·指示彌勒·善知識諸喻等三本共有之結構外,40 別有二組大段為 80 與 60 所無:一為二種戒(菩薩戒·別解脫戒)段,二為十二頭陀段——其末結云「善男子!此十二種頭陀功德,菩薩修行具足成就,能令一切善知識法圓滿清淨,能於一切善知識法永無退轉」〔T10n0293 0816c16–c18〕,所列諸目如住阿蘭若·樹下而坐·露地而坐·住止塚間·常坐·隨坐等,各以「菩薩具十種法」起、以「是為菩薩具足十法」結。40 辭退句作「頂禮童子及童女,足遶無量匝,慇懃瞻仰,一心戀慕,辭退而去」〔T10n0293 0816c22–c23〕。此組增文唯誌錄,不判。
五、宗義之經據〔眼〕
(一) 幻住之體——皆從緣起,無定性故。本節之解脫名即其宗。澄觀釋標名一句曰:
「今初,謂能所境智染淨之法,皆從緣起,無定性故,如幻而住。」〔T35n1735 0954b10–0954b11〕
「能所境智染淨」六字是此釋之骨——不唯所觀之境幻,能觀之智亦幻;不唯染分幻,淨分亦幻。故底本十幻之末三幻,所舉者為聲聞辟支佛·菩薩·菩薩眾會變化調伏諸所施為,皆屬淨分。澄觀判之曰「後三種但約淨分依他,從緣如幻,可以意得」〔T35n1735 0954c02–0954c03〕。
(二) 幻境自性不可思議——離二邊亦忘中道。結歎一句,澄觀釋之最詳:
「言自性不思議者,幻法非有,體不實故;非無,相非無故。非一,性相異故;非異,無二體故。空有相即,一異兩亡。既離二邊亦忘中道,由斯交徹,故能一中現多、多皆即一,重重無礙為不思議」〔T35n1735 0954c04–0954c08〕
此段「一中現多、多皆即一,重重無礙」即本帙一系讀「不可思議」四字之所歸。法藏就六十本亦作二重:「自性不思者,則有則空無二,故不思議。又以自性亡二邊,亦不住於中,故云不思議也」〔T35n1733 0486a28–0486b01〕。二家同以「不住中道」為第二重。
(三) 一切菩薩成就佛法,皆由善知識力。本節後半之宗,經文自說,不待疏出:
「一切菩薩成就佛法,皆由善知識力,以善知識而為根本,依善知識生,依善知識出,依善知識長,依善知識住,善知識為因緣,善知識能發起。」〔T10n0279 0422b07–0422b10〕
此為全子之結句,亦是本節所以列於「會緣入實相」之一證——所會之緣,正是善知識。
(四) 善友有二:一實、二權。誡「見善知識隨順煩惱行,勿生嫌怪」一句,澄觀出其所以:
「言見隨煩惱行勿嫌怪者,善友有二:一實、二權。權能行於非道,內外生熟善巧難知,故不應嫌。實中復二:一行、二解。今但求解,不應觀行故。」〔T35n1735 0955a26–0955a29〕
澄觀復引論為證:「如《智論》五十說,亦如有目跛人猶能示道」〔T35n1735 0955a29–0955b01〕。
(五) 五相之判與澄觀之持平語。本節屬末會五相之第二「會緣入實相」之相,其判之所自,澄觀先立持平之語而後配:
「六分五相者,若意法師及臺山論,但隨文散釋,更無別配;光統等師皆配地位。二皆有理,謂隨一一位具多法門,豈容凡心不得習求善友之法,故不配有理。然無次位中不礙次位,顯位是常規,配亦無失。橫竪無礙,且依古德配為五相」〔T35n1735 0918b02–0918b08〕
〔0918b04–b07〕即「二皆有理……配亦無失」一節之所在。凡本帙言寄位·言五相,皆繫此語為據。
六、諸家異釋(古德·標宗)
澄觀《華嚴經疏》T35n1735 ·《演義鈔》T36n1736(八十華嚴逐文·主)
科:「第九德生,有德幻智歸幻門善友。第一依教趣求。」〔T35n1735 0954b07–0954b08〕
十幻之開合:「十中,初一為總,緣生世界並通染淨,剎海亦名世界故;餘九為別。初五約染分依他,如幻緣生故。」〔T35n1735 0954b14–0954b16〕
逐幻之釋(舉四):「一約有情苦果,從業惑集生。」〔0954b16–b17〕「二約十二因緣順觀,即世間故,次第相由故云展轉。」〔0954b17–b18〕「四即是時,謂依行相續不斷分位建立為時,所依行空,時何所立?妄計有體,是顛倒智。」〔0954b23–b25〕「五即無常生老等,謂依生已壞滅分位建立無常等,皆妄分別有。」〔0954b25–b26〕
國土一幻之通染淨:「次一切國土,義通染淨眾生。染土多從三倒所生,以不了唯心,妄取境界故……言無明所現,亦通淨剎,謂登地已上無明未盡,所見國土種種不同。既云無明,則揀非佛土。」〔T35n1735 0954b26–0954c02〕
指處之釋:「國名海岸者,南海北岸,一生菩薩臨智海故。園名大莊嚴,因圓萬行而嚴果故。又生死園苑,以萬行樹林嚴自果故。」〔T35n1735 0954c12–0954c15〕
彌勒釋名三緣:「彌勒梵音,具云迷帝隷,此云慈,是其姓也。然有三緣:一由本願,過去值大慈如來,因立大願,願得斯號故;二由此得慈心三昧故;三由母懷時有慈心故,如滿慈子。名阿逸多,此云無勝,以生具相好勝德無過故。」〔T35n1735 0954c25–0955a01〕
釋廣問所由二意:「釋有二意:一所求德廣,能具說故。後「善男子汝不應」下能求大心法應爾故。」〔T35n1735 0955a06–0955a07〕
舉因通別之判:「以此四十句釋上正明十五句,有通有別。通則後諸惡因通對前果,別則各各配屬。如由除諸難,不退大乘;由止諸惡,不犯淨戒;由破無明,不隨惡友。下諸句或有二三對上一句,可以意得,恐繁不配。」〔T35n1735 0955b11–0955b16〕
《演義鈔》釋疏「三就五類法中」:「疏文有三:一釋一切法即有為。「一切以無為」下,出揀無為所以。同《掌珍論》真性有為空故。從「異熟識等」,出餘四類之果。異熟是心,等餘七識及心所色法并不相應。」〔T36n1736 0692b25–0692b29〕
《演義鈔》釋我見二種:「然我見有二:一與七識相應,即執第八以為內我,故謂我所與四惑相應。今言我見等者,等取愛慢。二者與六識相應我執,兼外取妄境以為我所,及起餘惑,故云種種。」〔T36n1736 0692c01–0692c04〕
《演義鈔》釋不相應行:「然不相應有二十四,今二門中略遣其四,等於所餘。」〔T36n1736 0692c06–0692c07〕;又「疏「五即無常生老等」者,即二十四中之三,一無常、二生、三老等。」〔0692c12–0692c14〕
《演義鈔》釋三倒之所由:「以心見非倒見,由想亂故,令餘二皆倒耳。」〔T36n1736 0693a01–0693a02〕
《演義鈔》釋「幻法非有」為三觀兼離四句:「此中且約有無一異,兼下中道以為三觀。亦應有離四句。」〔T36n1736 0693a02–0693a03〕
《演義鈔》分事理無礙與事事無礙:「既離二邊已是中道,亦亡中道絕待中也。上即事理無礙。」〔T36n1736 0693a05–0693a06〕;「即事事無礙。餘義如前。」〔T36n1736 0693a06–0693a07〕
《演義鈔》釋彌勒三緣之展轉相生:「此三展轉相生。謂由遇慈氏如來故,得慈心三昧。得三昧故,母亦慈也。」〔T36n1736 0693a10–0693a12〕;釋「慈依智住」則云「上以樓閣為二智故。」〔T36n1736 0693a12–0693a13〕
《演義鈔》以身友對辨十對之「句各四事」配涅槃四近因緣:「此四亦即涅槃四近因緣,前已頻釋,故云可知。初二句即親近善友,第三句即聽聞正法,第四句即如說修行,正念思惟遍於四句故,句句皆令起如是想。」〔T36n1736 0693a13–0693a17〕,訖於「第二相竟」〔T36n1736 0693a18〕。
法藏《探玄記》T35n1733(六十華嚴疏)
釋二名:「舊本名妙德,當此德生也。妙德惠,當此有德也。以本語名室利末,此云有德。室利末底,此云德惠。以聲字相近故,二譯不同也。」〔T35n1733 0486a18–0486a20〕
幻住二義:「幻住亦二義:一明所知諸法依緣虛立,名為幻住;二能知之智住幻境中,此則住幻,故云幻住。」〔T35n1733 0486a21–0486a23〕
十幻之開合(與澄觀異):「初六知世間法幻住,一總知、次二知人法幻、次二知三界生滅幻、次一知國土幻;後三知三乘幻,初一二乘、次一菩薩、後一菩薩所作。」〔T35n1733 0486a25–0486a28〕
結歎二重:「自性不思者,則有則空無二,故不思議。又以自性亡二邊,亦不住於中,故云不思議也。」〔T35n1733 0486a28–0486b01〕
大段之總結:「上來十人總明第二大段會緣入實相知識竟。」〔T35n1733 0486b02–0486b03〕
本節後段之對位釋(法藏雖已另起彌勒科,其下所釋仍當本節經文):「五分同前。初舉法勸修中亦三:初指處、二示人、三教問。」〔T35n1733 0486b06–0486b07〕
指處之釋(與澄觀異):「初指處中,此是南天竺,近海岸,故名海㵎國。天竺本名海岸門國。園林具德,名大莊嚴。林中有樓觀顯耀,名明淨藏。梵本毘盧遮那莊嚴藏。」〔T35n1733 0486b07–0486b10〕
彌勒釋名三緣(與澄觀同數而語別):「然有三緣:一由本願,謂過去值大慈佛,因則發願,願我成佛亦得斯名。」〔T35n1733 0486b13–0486b15〕;第三緣作「三就相立名,母懷時有慈心」〔0486b16–0486b17〕,相師之語作「由所懷子慈,令母慈也。」〔0486b17〕
無量之句數與分段(與澄觀九十八門分十段異):「文中總有八十句無量,分七:初二十句明救生斷障行」〔T35n1733 0486b29–0486c01〕
順友成益:「明順友成益,於中三:初得十重十不可說願行」〔T35n1733 0487a04–0487a05〕
李通玄《新華嚴經論》T36n1739(表法異軌)
釋二人之名:「曰德生,復有童女名為有德,此明智悲二行齊均,無前却故。童子童女者,明智悲齊滿,雖處世間無五欲相,以居幻住故。」〔T36n1739 1004c05–1004c07〕
釋幻住:「云我等證得菩薩解脫名為幻住者,約佛境界、眾生境界皆智幻所生,住居幻境,無實無虛無有識情,心境皆亡、性相無礙,以智功德故。」〔T36n1739 1004c08–1004c11〕
因陀羅網之比況:「幻生光影身土重重,如因陀羅網身境重重,十方身土境相相入無礙無礙。」〔T36n1739 1004c11–1004c13〕
本節之科位:「從此十一地已後,會慈氏一生所得佛果門。於此門中長科為十段。第一「善男子於此南方有國土名為海岸」已下至「辭退而去」可有半卷經,明德生童子、有德童女推慈氏菩薩之德,令善財童子親近勝進分。」〔T36n1739 1004c20–1004c25〕
智儼《搜玄記》T35n1732
科屬:智儼於本會之總目作「次摩耶一人,會緣入實相」〔T35n1732 0090b08〕;至逐文之釋,則不以本節屬會緣入實相之相,而繫於彌勒一科之下——「明第三攝德成因相,為彌勒是因故也。」〔T35n1732 0103a23–0103a24〕其下開「入三世智正念思惟莊嚴法門,有三:初教勸進勝」〔0103a24–0103a25〕,本節即當其初,復開「初文有五:初示方便知識」〔0103a27〕。
二童子之表法:「二明二童子等,表見化用,修成方便資成依止,即寄福慧也。亦可前摩耶示以實應實,此童子等以相應相也。」〔T35n1732 0103b03–0103b05〕
智儼自存之保留語:「有說:此中失次。此意未詳,且作此釋。」〔T35n1732 0103b05–0103b06〕
指後之語所繫:智儼就六十本,以指後一段之發語者為摩耶——「是摩耶言」〔T35n1732 0103b06–0103b07〕。底本 T279 此段為德生童子·有德童女二人合說,二本文勢不同,並錄。
逐分之釋:
- 依報住處——「二示依報住處,文有四:一示方、二示國、三示園林、四示樓觀,并因也,所以云南為事,因位順正果故。」〔T35n1732 0103b09–0103b11〕
- 知識名德與教問——「三示知識名中,初名、次辨德。四教問中有十句:初五問修方便相、次五問正修行相。」〔T35n1732 0103b12–0103b13〕
- 歎德勸求——「五歎彌勒能說德,有二:初歎能說德」〔T35n1732 0103b14〕;「二廣勸求中有五:初一百七句勸修諸相行」〔T35n1732 0103b17–0103b18〕
- 求知識益——「辨求知識益,此文有二:初明轉受法藥儀;二辨藥病相擬法耳」〔T35n1732 0103b26–0103b27〕
- 訖於「第二依教趣入」〔T35n1732 0103c06〕前。
誌錄不判
本節之科,澄觀作六分(依教趣求·見敬諮問·示己法門·謙己推勝·指示後友·戀德禮辭),法藏就六十本於示己法界下作三分(標名·業用·結推),李通玄不逐友分科而以「會慈氏一生所得佛果門」長科為十段、以本節當其第一段,智儼則以本節統屬彌勒之「攝德成因相」,而於其「示方便知識」一分下別出二童子,並自存「有說:此中失次」「此意未詳,且作此釋」之語——四家之骨俱異。十幻之開合,澄觀作「初一為總、餘九為別」,並判前五約染分依他·後三約淨分依他;法藏作「初六知世間法幻住」……「後三知三乘幻」——二家開合不同。結歎之釋,澄觀出非有非無非一非異四句而歸重重無礙,法藏出有空無二與亡二邊不住中二重。釋名一事,法藏就梵語聲近而辨舊譯之「妙德」「妙德惠」與今譯之「德生」「有德」,李通玄則不就譯名而就表法作「智悲二行齊均」。本節所屬「會緣入實相」之友數,法藏總結作「上來十人」〔T35n1733 0486b02〕,本帙界表以摩耶為第四十一友而別列此下諸友,二計不同。門數句數之計,澄觀作十問·九十八門·三十五句·十五句·四十句,底本逐字實計為十一問·九十五起句·三十五句·十四句·四十一句。此諸異釋與異計皆古德成說與底本逐字,誌錄之。三家分科之界標與本節經文範圍亦不齊:法藏於「大段第三,彌勒位是攝德成因相知識者」〔T35n1733 0486b04〕即另起彌勒科,而其下指處·示人·教問·勸修事友諸釋仍當本節經文;澄觀《鈔》至「第二相竟」〔T36n1736 0693a18〕方結第二相,其後始標「自下大文第三慈氏一人」〔T36n1736 0693a18–0693a19〕;智儼則自「明第三攝德成因相」〔T35n1732 0103a23〕起即統收二童子。三家界標早晚不同,並錄。
七、互讀·承衍
本節之文,承衍繫鏈皆自古德已行之互讀直回,零新考據:
- 《智論》句:澄觀證「善友有二:一實、二權」所引——「如《智論》五十說,亦如有目跛人猶能示道」〔T35n1735 0955a29–0955b01〕。此為本節疏文窗內唯一之他論引據。
- 《成唯識論》句:《演義鈔》釋疏「謂依生已壞滅分位建立」時所引——「故《唯識》第二云「然有為法,因緣力故,本無今有、暫有還無,表異無為,假立四相。本無今有,有位名生。生位暫停,即說為住。住別前後,復立異名。暫有還無,無時稱滅。」」〔T36n1736 0692c20–0692c23〕。此係鈔自舉以證疏義,非另掘之繫鏈。
- 《掌珍論》句:《演義鈔》釋疏揀無為之所以時所比——「同《掌珍論》真性有為空故」〔T36n1736 0692b26–0692b27〕。
- 〈十行品〉:《演義鈔》釋三倒時回指本經他品——「然〈十行品〉已廣分別。彼有多義,今是一」〔T36n1736 0692c29〕。
- 華嚴宗論:《華嚴經旨歸》T45n1871 ·《華嚴經孔目章》T45n1870 ·《華嚴一乘教義分齊章》T45n1866 ·《華嚴一乘十玄門》T45n1868 ·《華嚴法界玄鏡》T45n1883 五典檢「德生」「幻住」皆 0 命中〔查無〕。
- 唯識軸:成唯識論 T31n1585 · 攝大乘論 T31n1594 · 解深密經 T16n0676 · 十地經論 T26n1522 四典檢「德生」皆 0 命中〔查無〕。本節非〈十地品〉,不另立唯識繫鏈。
- 《搜玄記》T35n1732:全檔「德生」唯一見〔T35n1732 0031b06〕「十二偈廣歎信德生善滅障義也」,係十信位釋語,「德生」二字偶合,非善友之名,不入繫鏈。
八、校本定位
- 實叉 T279(底本):德生童子·有德童女子〔T10n0279 0419c14〕起–〔0422b14 前〕訖。依教趣求·見敬諮問 0419c14–c18 · 示己法門標名 0419c19–c20 · 別明十幻 0419c20–0420a02 · 結歎 0420a02 · 謙己推勝 0420a02–a05 · 以力冥加 0420a05–a07 · 指處 0420a07–a11 · 示人·顯住因 0420a11–a22 · 教問十一句 0420a22–a27 · 通顯彌勒德圓位滿 0420a27–b05 · 別顯真善友 0420b05–b09 · 誡去劣標不應 0420b09–b12 · 應修諸門 0420b12–0420c28 · 結略顯廣 0420c28–0421a04 · 誡去過十句 0421a04–a10 · 舉益三十五句 0421a10–a28 · 外護正明十四句 0421a28–b09 · 外護舉因四十一句 0421b10–b25 · 十喻教念友勝德 0421b25–c03 · 廿一發心譬喻 0421c04–c19 · 身友對辨十對 0421c19–0422a11 · 結勸成益 0422a11–a13 · 重讚十喻 0422a13–a23 · 寄數結多十句 0422a23–b03 · 總收結多 0422b03–b10 · 戀德禮辭 0422b10–b13。全子四千四百九十三字,偈行零。
- 佛馱 T278(晉譯主對校):本節對位〔T09n0278 0767b08〕起(卷五十七末–卷五十八)–〔0769c11 前〕訖。見敬諮問 0767b08–b12 · 標名與十幻 0767b12–b23 · 結歎 0767b23–b24 · 謙己推勝 0767b24–b26 · 冥加 0767b26–b28 · 卷界(卷五十七訖·卷五十八起)0767b29–0767c05 · 指處 0767c06–c10 · 示人 0767c10–c16 · 教問十句 0767c16–c21 · 釋所由 0767c21–0768a02 · 誡去劣 0768a02–a05 · 應修諸門 0768a05–0769a08 · 十喻 0769a09–a11 · 廿一發心 0769a12–a27 · 身友對辨 0769a27–b15 · 重讚十喻 0769b15–b22 · 寄數結多 0769b22–0769c03 · 總收結多 0769c03–c10 · 次子界標 0769c11。全窗三千八百八十五字。
- 般若 T293(四十本):本節對位〔T10n0293 0809a19〕起–〔0816c23〕訖,次段〔0816c24〕起屬次子。全窗一萬三千零九十六字,篇幅逾 80 與 60 數倍;二種戒與十二頭陀二組大段為 40 所獨有,見四之句九。
- 澄觀《疏》T35n1735:本節正釋 0954b07 起 · 六分科:前五 0954b07–b10(依教趣求·見敬諮問·示己法門)·0954c09(謙己推勝)·0954c10(指示後友),第六戀德禮辭 0955c07 · 標名釋 0954b10–b11 · 十幻總判 0954b12–b15 · 逐幻釋 0954b15–0954c03 · 結歎釋 0954c03–c09 · 謙己推勝 0954c09 · 指示後友 0954c10–c12 · 指處釋 0954c12–c24 · 示人釋 0954c24–0955a03 · 教問 0955a03–a08 · 釋廣問所由 0955a08–a15 · 九十八門分十段 0955a15–a22 · 結略顯廣 0955a22–a23 · 誡勸事友 0955a23–a26 · 善友權實 0955a26–0955b01 · 舉益釋成 0955b01–b06 · 外護 0955b06–b16 · 卷界(疏卷五十九訖·卷六十起)0955b17–b22 · 教勸四段 0955b23–b29 · 結勸成益 0955b29–0955c03 · 雙結誡勸 0955c03–c06 · 第六戀德禮辭 0955c07(同行後半「自下大文第三慈氏一人」0955c07–c08 為次子科界標)。五相判與持平語別在 0918b02–b08。
- 澄觀《鈔》T36n1736:本節專釋 0692b24–0692c29(釋疏五類法 0692b25–b29 · 我見二種 0692c01–c04 · 辨因 0692c05 · 不相應行 0692c05–c12 · 無常生老 0692c12–c19 · 引《唯識》四相 0692c19–c24 · 三倒 0692c24–c29)。鈔文續段 0693a01–0693a18 續釋疏之「幻法非有」「約事則其中」「具云迷諦隸」「句各四事可知」諸語(三倒之所由 0693a01–a02 · 三觀兼離四句 0693a02–a05 · 事理無礙與事事無礙 0693a05–a07 · 樓閣四名之逐釋 0693a07–a09 · 迷諦隸與三緣展轉相生 0693a09–a12 · 慈依智住 0693a12–a13 · 涅槃四近因緣 0693a13–a17),訖於「第二相竟」〔0693a18〕;其後「自下大文第三慈氏一人」〔0693a18–0693a19〕方起次子。
- 法藏《探玄記》T35n1733:本節相涉分二段。前段 0486a18–0486b03(釋二名 0486a18–a20 · 示己法界三分 0486a21–a24 · 十幻開合 0486a24–a28 · 結歎 0486a28–b01 · 結推與利益 0486b01–b02 · 大段總結 0486b02–b03)。後段 0486b04–0487a07:0486b04 為法藏自起之彌勒科界標,其下所釋仍當本節經文——五分同前與舉法勸修三 0486b06–b07 · 指處 0486b07–b11 · 示人與彌勒三緣 0486b11–b19 · 歎所作四句 0486b19–b21 · 教問十問 0486b21–b22 · 釋廣問所以 0486b22–b29 · 八十句無量分七 0486b29–0486c07 · 正勸求善知識七分 0486c07–0487a03 · 順友成益三 0487a03–0487a07;〔0487a07〕「明依教趣入」以下屬次子。
- 李通玄《論》T36n1739:本節相涉 1004c05–1004c25(釋二名 1004c05–c07 · 釋幻住 1004c08–c19 · 長科為十段 1004c20–c21 · 本節當第一段 1004c22–c25)。
- 智儼《搜玄記》T35n1732:總目總攝句在 0090b08;逐文之釋在 0103a22–0103c06(彌勒科標 0103a23–a24 · 三分與初分五科 0103a24–a29 · 示方便知識與二童子 0103b01–b07 · 依報住處四 0103b09–b11 · 知識名德與教問十句 0103b12–b13 · 歎德勸求 0103b14–0103c05 · 求知識益 0103b26–b28 · 結行成益 0103b28–0103c03),訖於「第二依教趣入」〔0103c06〕前。
- 異讀:本單元 T279 範圍〔0419c14〕–〔0422b13〕內大正校記 29 條,逐條照錄不判(底本【大】|他本異讀;多本異讀以/分列):〔0419c22〕一切世間皆幻……不可思議(凡165字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0419c25〕病【大】|無此字【宮】/無此字【南藏】(明註曰老下南藏無病,〔病〕-【宮】) · 〔0420a14〕又欲令彼同受……皆無相故(凡135字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0420b01〕已證一切菩薩……切佛神力(凡35字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0420b09〕善男子!汝不……量雜染心(凡156字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0420b24〕消【大】|銷【宮】【聖】 · 〔0420b24〕應消滅無量貪……善知識。(凡645字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0420c25〕別【大】|莂【明】 · 〔0421a04〕善男子!汝求……利益事。(凡411字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0421a09〕順【大】|無此字【明】 · 〔0421a21〕芽【大】|牙【聖】 · 〔0421a22〕密【大】|蜜【聖】 · 〔0421b05〕由善知識長養……。何以故(凡80字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0421b07〕道【大】|導【聖】 · 〔0421b19〕辦【大】|辯【聖】 · 〔0421b19〕能令成辦一切……切佛法門(凡105字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0421b23〕耀【大】|曜【宮】 · 〔0421b23〕消【大】|銷【宮】 · 〔0421b29〕如良醫,能治……死暴流故(凡40字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0421c01〕畏【大】|長【聖】 · 〔0421c04〕復次,善男子……教命故。(凡265字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0421c19〕復次,善男子……成熟想;(凡137字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0421c25〕檝【大】|艥【宮】【聖】 · 〔0421c28〕身生【大】|生身【明】 · 〔0422a01〕又應於自身生……生破怨想(凡66字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0422a08〕又應於自身生……王殿想。(凡46字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0422a11〕善男子!汝應……得清淨。(凡36字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0422a17〕鍊【大】|練【聖】 · 〔0422b03〕善男子!我復……能發起。(凡115字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】。
- 原印注存目:3 條(大正原印注/CBETA 編者按語·無
<app>校異·不入上列大正校記之數):〔0420b09+〕〔應消…事〕千五十六字-【聖乙】 · 〔0421c01+〕〔復次…想〕四百二字-【聖乙】 · 〔0422a01+〕〔又應…淨〕八十二字-【聖乙】。 - 異讀補記:CBETA 回改 1 條(不入上列大正校記之數):〔0420c10〕辦【CB】|辨【大】/辦【宋】【元】【明】【宮】/辯【聖】。
- 異讀補記:夾注已於原典層剝除誌錄。
- 查無條目:《華嚴經旨歸》T45n1871 ·《華嚴經孔目章》T45n1870 ·《華嚴一乘教義分齊章》T45n1866 ·《華嚴一乘十玄門》T45n1868 ·《華嚴法界玄鏡》T45n1883 · 成唯識論 T31n1585 · 攝大乘論 T31n1594 · 解深密經 T16n0676 · 十地經論 T26n1522——共九部,檢「德生」「幻住」皆 0 命中。《搜玄記》T35n1732 之逐文釋段在 0103a22–0103c06,見六之智儼節;其中無「德生」「有德」「幻住」三名之逐字命中〔查無:所搜之詞為「德生」「有德」「幻住」〕。
Sudhana’s fiftieth friend is two persons in one gathering — the boy Virtue-Born and the maiden Endowed with Virtue. The whole unit runs to four thousand four hundred and ninety-three graphs, and has no verses. The liberation the two of them have realized is named 「幻住」 tr. “the abiding in illusion,” and of the ten kinds of the abiding in illusion every clause is such that 「上句標幻、下句以緣生釋成」 tr. “the clause above sets forth the illusion and the clause below establishes the gloss by conditioned arising”; at the last it concludes in praise with 「幻境自性不可思議」 tr. “the own-nature of the realm of illusion is beyond conceiving.” From there on, some nine parts in ten of the length no longer speak of their own Dharma gate but of the next one — pointing to Maitreya within the storeyed pavilion Vairocana Adornment Treasury, in the park Great Adornment, in the land Sea Shore — and upon the eleven clauses of asking under 「汝詣彼問」 tr. “go to him and ask” there opens out one great passage exhorting the cultivation of the serving of friends: the gates one should cultivate, the ten clauses of warning away from fault, the thirty-five clauses of taking up the benefit, the fourteen clauses of guarding from without, the forty-one clauses of taking up the causes, the ten similes, the twenty-one similes of the mind one should bring forth, the ten pairs of setting self and friend face to face, the ten similes of praising again, the ten clauses of lodging the numbers, and the gathering all together to conclude their multitude. The three graphs 「善知識」 tr. “good friend” occur sixty-five times in the whole unit. Chengguan outlines this unit as 「第九德生,有德幻智歸幻門善友」 tr. “the ninth, Virtue-Born and Endowed with Virtue, the good friends of the gate of the illusory knowledge that returns to illusion,” belonging to the second of the five marks of the last assembly, the mark of 「會緣入實相」 tr. “the conditions gathered and entering the real”; and as for the judgment that assigns stations and matches the five marks, Chengguan says of himself 「且依古德配為五相」 tr. “for now I follow the ancient worthies in matching them as five marks,” having first set up a passage of even-handed words. The text of this section divides into six: seeking in accord with the teaching · seeing, paying respect, and inquiring · displaying their own Dharma gate · humbling themselves and pointing to the superior · pointing out the next friend · cherishing their virtue and taking leave; the sixth outline belongs to this unit, Chengguan heading it 「第六」 tr. “sixth” and naming it 「戀德禮辭」 tr. “cherishing their virtue and taking leave” 〔T35n1735 0955c07〕, and only after it comes 「自下大文第三慈氏一人」 tr. “from here below is the third great division of the main text, Maitreya, one person” 〔0955c07–0955c08〕, which opens the next unit — the two sentences standing on one line, yet with their boundary plain.
I. Doctrinal Outline and Placement
| Outline system | The place of this section’s scripture text within it |
|---|---|
| The base text T279, in thirty-nine chapters | Chapter 39, Entering the Dharma Realm (the ninth assembly, in the Jeta Grove); the boy Virtue-Born and the maiden Endowed with Virtue = 〔T10 0419c14〕–〔0422b14 前〕 |
| Chengguan, Huayan jing shu | The direct gloss upon this section begins 〔T35n1735 0954b07〕 with 「第九德生,有德幻智歸幻門善友」 tr. “the ninth, Virtue-Born and Endowed with Virtue, the good friends of the gate of the illusory knowledge that returns to illusion,” and ends at the sixth division, cherishing their virtue and taking leave 〔0955c07〕 (the latter half of that line opening the next unit) |
| Chengguan, Yanyi chao | Glossing the words of the Shu such as 「三就五類法中」 tr. “third, taken within the dharmas of the five classes” 〔T36n1736 0692b24–0692c29〕 |
| Fazang, Tanxuan ji (the commentary upon the sixty-fascicle Avataṃsaka) | The glossing of the name begins 〔T35n1733 0486a18〕; the three divisions of displaying their own Dharma realm 〔0486a21〕; 「大段第三,彌勒位是攝德成因相知識者」 tr. “the third great division: the station of Maitreya is the friend of the mark of gathering virtue and accomplishing the cause” 〔0486b04〕 is the boundary-marking of the outline of Maitreya that Fazang himself opens; yet from 「五分同前。初舉法勸修中亦三」 tr. “the five divisions are as before; within the first, taking up the Dharma and exhorting cultivation, there are likewise three” 〔0486b06〕 down to 「明順友成益,於中三」 tr. “setting forth the benefit accomplished by according with the friend, within which there are three” 〔0487a04〕, what he glosses still answers to the passages of this unit’s scripture text — pointing out the place, pointing out the person, the teaching of the question, and the exhortation to cultivate the serving of friends; from 〔0487a07〕 「明依教趣入」 tr. “setting forth the entering in accord with the teaching” onward belongs to the next unit |
| Li Tongxuan, Xin Huayan jing lun | The glossing of the names of the two persons begins 〔T36n1739 1004c05〕; 「從此十一地已後,會慈氏一生所得佛果門」 tr. “from the eleventh ground onward, the gate of the buddha-fruit gained by Maitreya in one more birth” is made a long outline of ten passages 〔1004c20–c21〕, and this section is the first of them 〔1004c22〕 |
| Zhiyan, Souxuan ji | This passage of the assembly he places beneath the single outline of Maitreya — 「明第三攝德成因相,為彌勒是因故也」 tr. “setting forth the third, the mark of gathering virtue and accomplishing the cause, since Maitreya is the cause” 〔T35n1732 0103a23–0103a24〕; beneath the first of 「初文有五:初示方便知識」 tr. “the first passage has five: first, displaying the friend who is the expedient” 〔0103a27〕 he brings out separately 「二明二童子等,表見化用」 tr. “second, setting forth the two youths and the rest, who symbolize the seeing and the function of transformation” 〔0103b03〕, and goes on to gloss the dwelling place of the recompense-environment, the friend’s name and virtue, the ten clauses of the teaching of the question, and the benefit of seeking the friend, ending before 「第二依教趣入」 tr. “second, entering in accord with the teaching” 〔0103c06〕 |
The order of the friends: this edition counts forward from the monk Cloud of Virtue as the first friend and Lady Māyā as the forty-first friend, with the first through the eighth of the particulars beneath her as the forty-second through the forty-ninth friends (Everywhere Friend and Well Versed in the Many Arts each counted as one friend); the boy Virtue-Born and the maiden Endowed with Virtue, two persons in one gathering, are the fiftieth friend.
Chengguan’s outline in six divisions — the bone of this section (the first five at 〔T35n1735 0954b07–b10〕 · 〔0954c09〕 · 〔0954c10〕, the sixth at 〔0955c07〕):
「第九德生,有德幻智歸幻門善友。第一依教趣求。第二「見德生」下見敬諮問。第三「時童子」下示己法門。於中二:初標名、後業用。」 tr. “The ninth, Virtue-Born and Endowed with Virtue, the good friends of the gate of the illusory knowledge that returns to illusion. First, seeking in accord with the teaching. Second, from ‘he saw Virtue-Born’ onward, seeing, paying respect, and inquiring. Third, from ‘at that time the boy’ onward, displaying their own Dharma gate. Within it there are two: first the setting forth of the name, after the working.” 〔T35n1735 0954b07–0954b10〕
The working under the displaying of their own Dharma gate opens again into two, the former being just the ten kinds of illusion:
「二「得此解脫」下明業用,中二:初別明、後結歎。今初,有十種幻,皆上句標幻、下句以緣生釋成。十中,初一為總,緣生世界並通染淨,剎海亦名世界故;餘九為別。」 tr. “Second, from ‘because we have gained this liberation’ onward, making clear the working; within it there are two: first the setting forth separately, after the concluding praise. Now the first: there are ten kinds of illusion, and in every one the clause above sets forth the illusion and the clause below establishes the gloss by conditioned arising. Of the ten, the first one is the general, for worlds born of conditions run through both the defiled and the pure, since a sea of lands is also named a world; the remaining nine are the particulars.” 〔T35n1735 0954b12–0954b15〕
The two divisions of humbling themselves and pointing to the superior, and of pointing out the next friend:
「第四「善男子我等」下謙己推勝。第五「時童子下」指示後友。於中二:初以力冥加、後「而告」下以言顯示。於中三:初指處、二示人、三教問。」 tr. “Fourth, from ‘son of good family, we’ onward, humbling themselves and pointing to the superior. Fifth, from ‘at that time the boy’ onward, pointing out the next friend. Within it there are two: first, adding their power in the unseen; after, from ‘and then said’ onward, displaying it by words. Within that there are three: first the pointing out of the place, second the pointing out of the person, third the teaching of the question.” 〔T35n1735 0954c09–0954c12〕
Beneath the one division of the teaching of the question there opens out the largest single passage of this section:
「三「汝詣彼」下教問,中二:先正教興十問者,表無盡故;後「何以」下釋廣問所由,先徵、後釋。」 tr. “Third, from ‘go to him’ onward, the teaching of the question; within it there are two: first, the teaching proper raises ten questions, to set forth that they are inexhaustible; after, from ‘why’ onward, the glossing of the reason for asking broadly, first the query, after the gloss.” 〔T35n1735 0955a03–0955a05〕
The dividing of the gates one should cultivate:
「前中,有九十八門,分為十段:一上求菩提行;二「應化」下下救眾生行;三「應斷」下自斷惑障行;四「應令無量眾生」下勸物出離行;五「應消滅」下淨自根欲行,除三不善根,則成三善根等故;六「應生淨信」下力用自在行;七「應分別」下攝法治惑行;八「應嚴辦」下供佛攝生行;九「應修總持」下悲願深廣行;十「應入差別心」下證入圓滿行。」 tr. “Within the first there are ninety-eight gates, divided into ten passages: first, the practice of seeking awakening above; second, from ‘should transform’ onward, the practice of rescuing sentient beings below; third, from ‘should cut off’ onward, the practice of cutting off one’s own hindrance of delusion; fourth, from ‘should make measureless sentient beings’ onward, the practice of urging beings toward deliverance; fifth, from ‘should extinguish’ onward, the practice of purifying one’s own roots and desires, since removing the three roots that are not good is precisely accomplishing the three good roots and the rest; sixth, from ‘should give rise to pure faith’ onward, the practice of mastery in the working of power; seventh, from ‘should discriminate’ onward, the practice of gathering the Dharma and curing delusion; eighth, from ‘should prepare with dignity’ onward, the practice of making offerings to buddhas and gathering beings; ninth, from ‘should cultivate dhāraṇī’ onward, the practice of compassion and vow deep and broad; tenth, from ‘should enter differentiated minds’ onward, the practice of realization and entry round and full.” 〔T35n1735 0955a15–0955a22〕
The four passages of teaching and exhorting in the serving of friends:
「第二「善男子善知識者如慈母」下教勸,謂教其事友之方。文有四段,皆約喻顯。一教念友勝德,於中先歎勝、後「常當如是」下結勸。二「復次汝承事」下教起事友心行,有二十一句,文顯。三「復次汝應於自身」下身友對辨,文有十句,句各四事,可知。四「善男子汝應發如是心」下結勸成益。」 tr. “Second, from ‘son of good family, as for good friends, they are like a kind mother’ onward, the teaching and exhorting, that is, teaching him the way of serving friends. The text has four passages, all displayed by simile. First, teaching him to call to mind the surpassing virtue of friends; within it, first the praising of what surpasses, after, from ‘you should constantly in this way’ onward, the concluding exhortation. Second, from ‘again, you serve’ onward, teaching him the mind and conduct with which to serve friends; there are twenty-one clauses, and the text is plain. Third, from ‘again, you should upon yourself’ onward, the setting of self and friend face to face; the text has ten clauses, each clause with four matters; it can be understood. Fourth, from ‘son of good family, you should bring forth a mind such as this’ onward, the concluding exhortation and the benefit it establishes.” 〔T35n1735 0955b23–0955b29〕
The place of the one outline of cherishing their virtue and taking leave: at the end of this unit Chengguan sets up a sixth outline, heading it 「第六」 tr. “sixth” and naming it 「戀德禮辭」 tr. “cherishing their virtue and taking leave” 〔T35n1735 0955c07〕; only the latter half of that same line reads 「自下大文第三慈氏一人」 tr. “from here below is the third great division of the main text, Maitreya, one person” 〔T35n1735 0955c07–0955c08〕, opening the outline of Maitreya, and his words 「文唯五」 tr. “the text has only five” 〔0955c09〕 come after the statement of how that next unit arises. The two sentences stand on one line, yet their boundary is plain: the former concludes the outline of this unit, the latter only then opens the next. The scripture text of the taking of leave in this section 〔T10 0422b10–b13〕 is wholly contained within the window of this section; the commentary passes over this outline in a single phrase, and its place is recorded as it stands.
II. Terminology
| Term | Sanskrit as transmitted by the ancient worthies (roman letters · an aid to pronunciation) | What is cited | The essential meaning |
|---|---|---|---|
| the abiding in illusion | — | This section, 「我等證得菩薩解脫,名為:幻住」 tr. “the bodhisattva liberation that we have realized is named: the abiding in illusion” 〔T10n0279 0419c19–c20〕 | The name of the liberation the two of them have realized; Chengguan glosses it 「謂能所境智染淨之法,皆從緣起,無定性故,如幻而住」 tr. “that is, the dharmas of the knower and the known, the objective realm and knowledge, the defiled and the pure, all arise from conditions and have no fixed nature, and so they abide as an illusion abides” 〔T35n1735 0954b10–b11〕; Fazang sets up two meanings, 「一明所知諸法依緣虛立,名為幻住;二能知之智住幻境中,此則住幻,故云幻住」 tr. “first, it makes clear that the dharmas known are set up emptily in dependence upon conditions, and this is named the abiding in illusion; second, the knowledge that knows abides within the realm of illusion, and this then is abiding in illusion, and so it says the abiding in illusion” 〔T35n1733 0486a21–a23〕 |
| Virtue-Born | the ancient worthies transcribe it as 「室利末底」 tr. “Shilimodi” (this follows what Fazang transmits) | This section, 「見德生童子、有德童女」 tr. “he saw the boy Virtue-Born and the maiden Endowed with Virtue” 〔T10n0279 0419c14–c15〕 | The name of the boy; Fazang has 「舊本名妙德,當此德生也」 tr. “the old witness names him Wondrous Virtue, which here is Virtue-Born” and 「室利末底,此云德惠」 tr. “Shilimodi, which in this tongue is Virtue Grace” 〔T35n1733 0486a18–a20〕 |
| Endowed with Virtue | the ancient worthies transcribe it as 「室利末」 tr. “Shilimo” (this follows what Fazang transmits) | The same as above | The name of the maiden; Fazang has 「妙德惠,當此有德也。以本語名室利末,此云有德」 tr. “Wondrous Virtue Grace, which here is Endowed with Virtue. Since in the original tongue the name is Shilimo, which in this tongue is Endowed with Virtue” 〔T35n1733 0486a18–a20〕, and further says 「以聲字相近故,二譯不同也」 tr. “because the sounds and graphs are near to one another, the two renderings differ” 〔0486a20〕 |
| Gate of Wondrous Intent Blossoms | — | This section, 「至妙意華門城」 tr. “came to the city Gate of Wondrous Intent Blossoms” 〔T10n0279 0419c14〕 | The city where the two of them dwell; the sixty-fascicle witness at this passage carries the name over from the preceding passage and abbreviates it as 「至於彼城」 tr. “came to that city” 〔T09n0278 0767b08〕 |
| Sea Shore | — | This section, 「於此南方,有國名:海岸」 tr. “south of here there is a land named: Sea Shore” 〔T10n0279 0420a07〕 | The land of the next friend; Chengguan has 「國名海岸者,南海北岸,一生菩薩臨智海故」 tr. “as for the land being named Sea Shore, it is the northern shore of the southern sea, since a bodhisattva of one more birth draws near to the sea of knowledge” 〔T35n1735 0954c12–c13〕; the sixty-fascicle witness has 「海㵎」 tr. “Sea Ravine” 〔T09n0278 0767c07〕 |
| Great Adornment | — | This section, 「有園名:大莊嚴」 tr. “there is a park named: Great Adornment” 〔T10n0279 0420a07–a08〕 | The park of the next friend; Chengguan has 「因圓萬行而嚴果故。又生死園苑,以萬行樹林嚴自果故」 tr. “because the cause is round in the myriad practices and thereby adorns the fruit. Further, the park and garden of birth and death are adorned to one’s own fruit by the grove of trees that is the myriad practices” 〔T35n1735 0954c13–c15〕 |
| Vairocana Adornment Treasury | 「毘盧遮那」 tr. “Vairocana” is itself a transcription anciently transmitted | This section, 「有一廣大樓閣,名:毘盧遮那莊嚴藏」 tr. “there is a vast storeyed pavilion named: Vairocana Adornment Treasury” 〔T10n0279 0420a08–a09〕 | The storeyed pavilion where Maitreya dwells; Chengguan has 「約法,則二智相依、緣起相由,故云樓閣。智即法界,是為廣大」 tr. “taken as dharma, the two kinds of knowledge depend upon each other, and arising conditions are mutually dependent, and so it says storeyed pavilion. Knowledge is just the Dharma realm, and this is being vast” 〔T35n1735 0954c17–c19〕 |
| Maitreya | the ancient worthies transcribe it in full as 「迷帝隷」 tr. “Midili” (this follows what Chengguan transmits) | This section, 「彌勒菩薩摩訶薩安處其中」 tr. “Maitreya, the bodhisattva, the mahāsattva, is settled within it” 〔T10n0279 0420a13〕 | The name of the next friend; Chengguan has 「此云慈,是其姓也」 tr. “in this tongue it is Kind, and it is his clan-name,” and lists three conditions for it (the original vow · the samādhi of the mind of kindness · his mother having a mind of kindness while he was in the womb), and further 「名阿逸多,此云無勝」 tr. “he is named Ayiduo, which in this tongue is Unsurpassed” 〔T35n1735 0954c25–0955a01〕 |
| good friend | — | This section, 「善知識者,如慈母,出生佛種故」 tr. “as for good friends, they are like a kind mother, since they give birth to the buddha-seed” 〔T10n0279 0421b25–b26〕 | Sixty-five occurrences in the whole unit; the subject of the second half of this section |
| the ground of Samantabhadra | — | This section, 「能令汝入普賢地」 tr. “able to make you enter the ground of Samantabhadra” 〔T10n0279 0420b07〕 | The ground into which Maitreya is able to make Sudhana enter |
| asaṃkhyeya | — (「阿僧祇」 tr. “asaṃkhyeya” is itself a transcription anciently transmitted) | This section, 「斷十不可說百千億阿僧祇障」 tr. “cuts off hindrances to the number of ten beyond-speaking hundreds of thousands of koṭis of asaṃkhyeyas” 〔T10n0279 0422a27–a28〕 | A name for a great number that cannot be counted |
| nayuta | — (「那由他」 tr. “nayuta” is itself a transcription anciently transmitted) | This section, 「得十不可說百千億那由他功德」 tr. “gains merit and virtue to the number of ten beyond-speaking hundreds of thousands of koṭis of nayutas” 〔T10n0279 0422a24–a25〕 | A name for a great number |
| Zhantuluo | — (a transcription anciently transmitted) | This section, 「應發如旃荼羅心,離憍慢故」 tr. “you should bring forth a mind like a Zhantuluo, since it leaves arrogance behind” 〔T10n0279 0421c15–c16〕 | One of the twenty-one similes of the mind one should bring forth |
| the gelded ox | — | This section, 「應發如犗牛心,無威怒故」 tr. “you should bring forth a mind like a gelded ox, since it has no wrathful might” 〔T10n0279 0421c16–c17〕 | One of the twenty-one similes of the mind one should bring forth; the scripture glosses it itself as 「無威怒故」 tr. “since it has no wrathful might,” and the several houses have no separate gloss within this window |
| King Vaiśravaṇa | 「毘沙門」 tr. “Vaiśravaṇa” is itself a transcription anciently transmitted | This section, 「於善知識生毘沙門王想」 tr. “giving rise to the thought of the good friend as King Vaiśravaṇa” 〔T10n0279 0421c28–c29〕 | The fifth of the ten pairs of setting self and friend face to face |
III. Similes and Rhetoric
(1) The form of the ten kinds of the abiding in illusion — the first great group of rhetoric in this section. Chengguan judges its form directly: 「有十種幻,皆上句標幻、下句以緣生釋成」 tr. “there are ten kinds of illusion, and in every one the clause above sets forth the illusion and the clause below establishes the gloss by conditioned arising” 〔T35n1735 0954b13–b14〕. The base text has, graph for graph, ten occurrences of 「皆幻住」 tr. “are all the abiding in illusion,” and the ten things set forth are worlds · sentient beings · worldly realms · dharmas · the three times · sentient beings’ birth, aging, sickness, death, grief, sorrow, suffering, and distress · lands · śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas · bodhisattvas · the assemblies, transformations, taming, and every arrangement of bodhisattvas; while the conditions glossed are, in order, born of causes and conditions · raised up by deeds and afflictions · born of ignorance, craving for existence, and the rest turning one upon another · born of the view of a self and every other sort of illusory condition · born of the inverted knowledge that takes the view of a self and the rest · born of false discrimination · manifested by the inversion of perception, the inversion of mind, the inversion of view, and ignorance · accomplished by the discrimination of knowledge and cutting off · accomplished by the dharmas of the practices and vows by which one is able to tame oneself and to teach and transform sentient beings · accomplished by the illusion of vow and knowledge. Chengguan further judges their opening and folding: 「十中,初一為總……餘九為別。初五約染分依他……後三種但約淨分依他」 tr. “of the ten, the first one is the general … the remaining nine are the particulars. The first five are taken as the dependent-upon-other in its defiled portion … the last three are taken only as the dependent-upon-other in its pure portion” 〔0954b14–0954c03〕. Fazang, upon the sixty-fascicle witness, judges them as 「初六知世間法幻住……後三知三乘幻」 tr. “the first six know the abiding in illusion of the dharmas of the world … the last three know the illusion of the three vehicles” 〔T35n1733 0486a25–a28〕, opening and folding them otherwise than Chengguan.
(2) The ten similes praising good friends — from 「善知識者,如慈母,出生佛種故」 tr. “as for good friends, they are like a kind mother, since they give birth to the buddha-seed” onward, the base text has, graph for graph, ten similes: a kind mother · a kind father · a wet-nurse · a teacher · one who guides well · a good physician · the Snow Mountains · a brave general · one who ferries travelers across · a boatman 〔T10n0279 0421b25–c03〕. Simile and sense taken are matched one to one, all closed with the graph 「故」 tr. “since”: giving birth to the buddha-seed · vast benefit · guarding one and not letting one do evil · revealing what bodhisattvas are to study · being able to reveal the road of the perfections · being able to cure the many sicknesses of affliction · making the medicine of all-knowledge grow · wiping out every fear · making one come forth from the violent flood of birth and death · making one arrive at the jewel-isle of wisdom. Chengguan judges this passage to be the first of the four passages of teaching and exhorting, 「教念友勝德」 tr. “teaching him to call to mind the surpassing virtue of friends” 〔T35n1735 0955b24–b25〕.
(3) The twenty-one similes of the mind one should bring forth — from 「應發如大地心」 tr. “you should bring forth a mind like the great earth” onward, the base text has, graph for graph, twenty-one clauses: the great earth · a diamond · the Iron-Ring Mountains · an attendant · a disciple · a servant boy · a nursing mother · a hired laborer · a remover of dung · a ripened ear of grain · a fine horse · a great cart · a tamed and obedient elephant · Mount Sumeru · a good dog · a Zhantuluo · a gelded ox · a boat · a bridge · a filial son · a prince 〔T10n0279 0421c04–c19〕. Chengguan has 「有二十一句,文顯」 tr. “there are twenty-one clauses; the text is plain” 〔T35n1735 0955b26–b27〕. The images taken are of three sorts: first, taking the virtue of a thing (the great earth bearing up · the diamond unbreakable · the Iron-Ring unmoving · Sumeru not tilting); second, taking the station of a person (attendant · disciple · servant boy · nursing mother · hired laborer · remover of dung · filial son · prince); third, taking beasts and implements (fine horse · great cart · tamed and obedient elephant · good dog · gelded ox · boat · bridge); while the one clause 「已熟稼」 tr. “a ripened ear of grain” takes the image of the grain-ear bending low, to liken being able to bend low.
(4) The ten pairs of setting self and friend face to face — from 「汝應於自身生病苦想」 tr. “you should give rise to the thought of yourself as sick and suffering” onward, the base text has, graph for graph, ten pairs, each pair with four matters (oneself · the good friend · the Dharma spoken · the practice cultivated) 〔T10n0279 0421c20–0422a11〕: sick and suffering · king of physicians · fine medicine · removing illness; going far · guide · right road · arriving far away; seeking to be ferried across · boatman · boat and oars · reaching the shore; sprouting grain · dragon king · timely rain · ripening; poor · King Vaiśravaṇa · goods and jewels · wealth and abundance; apprentice · fine craftsman · the craft · knowing it thoroughly; afraid · one brave and strong · weapons · breaking the foe; merchant · caravan leader · precious jewels · gathering them up; son · father and mother · the family estate · carrying on the succession; prince · great minister · the royal decree · the thought of wearing the royal crown, the thought of wearing the royal robes, the thought of fastening on the royal sash, the thought of sitting in the royal hall. The fourth matter of the last pair is, graph for graph, four items, while each of the other nine pairs has one. Chengguan has 「文有十句,句各四事,可知」 tr. “the text has ten clauses, each clause with four matters; it can be understood” 〔T35n1735 0955b27–b28〕.
(5) The ten similes of praising again — from 「善知識者長諸善根,譬如雪山長諸藥草」 tr. “good friends are able to nourish the many roots of good, as it were the Snow Mountains nourishing the many medicinal herbs” onward, the base text has, graph for graph, ten similes, the form being ‘good friends are such and such, as it were such and such’ 〔T10n0279 0422a13–a23〕: the Snow Mountains nourishing the medicinal herbs · the great sea swallowing in the many streams · the great sea bringing forth the many jewels · a fierce fire able to refine true gold · Mount Sumeru rising out of the great sea · the lotus blossom not clinging to the water · the great sea not lodging a corpse overnight · the white moon round and full in light and color · the blazing sun shining upon the four continents · father and mother rearing a son. Among the ten similes 「譬如」 tr. “as it were” occurs nine times, while the fifth simile reads 「如須彌山出於大海」 tr. “as Mount Sumeru rises out above the great sea” and not 「譬如」 tr. “as it were”; the differing form follows the base text. Chengguan judges this, beneath the concluding exhortation and the benefit it establishes, as 「重讚友為能益故宜承事」 tr. “praising the friend again as being able to benefit, and therefore fit to be served” 〔T35n1735 0955c02〕.
(6) The rhetoric of lodging the numbers — from 「得十不可說百千億那由他功德」 tr. “gains merit and virtue to the number of ten beyond-speaking hundreds of thousands of koṭis of nayutas” onward there are ten clauses, the first four using 「那由他」 tr. “nayutas” and the last six using 「阿僧祇」 tr. “asaṃkhyeyas” 〔T10n0279 0422a23–b03〕. Chengguan judges upon this 「既通一切,何但百千,明知前云十不可說,意顯無盡耳」 tr. “since it runs through everything, why only hundreds of thousands? It is clear that saying ‘ten beyond-speaking’ above is meant to display that they are inexhaustible” 〔T35n1735 0955c05–0955c06〕.
IV. Collation with Parallel Translations
The Chinese witnesses collated for the essential clauses of this section’s scripture text: Śikṣānanda T279 (the base text) · Buddhabhadra T278 (the Jin rendering, the sixty-fascicle Avataṃsaka, 〈Entering the Dharma Realm, the thirty-fourth〉 · fascicles fifty-seven to fifty-eight) · Prajñā T293 (the forty-fascicle Avataṃsaka, 〈Entering the Dharma Realm〉).
Clause One Seeking · Seeing, Paying Respect, and Inquiring
| Witness | Verbatim | Location |
|---|---|---|
| Śikṣānanda T279 | At that time Sudhana the youth journeyed gradually southward and came to the city Gate of Wondrous Intent Blossoms, where he saw the boy Virtue-Born and the maiden Endowed with Virtue; he bowed to their feet, and when he had circled them to the right | T10n0279 0419c14–c15 |
| Buddhabhadra T278 | He journeyed gradually southward and came to that city, where he saw the boy and the maiden; he bowed to their feet. When he had circled about them | T09n0278 0767b08–b09 |
| Prajñā T293 | the Dharma perfumed his mind, and he journeyed gradually southward and went on to the city Gate of Wondrous Intent Blossoms, where he saw the boy Virtue-Born and the maiden Endowed with Virtue; he bowed to their feet and circled them numberless times | T10n0293 0809a19–a20 |
What the variation is fastened to: (a) the name of the city — the eighty and the forty both crown this passage graph for graph with 「妙意華門城」 tr. “the city Gate of Wondrous Intent Blossoms,” while the sixty has 「至於彼城」 tr. “came to that city” — the name of that city having already appeared in the sixty in a passage before the window of this section, so that this passage carries it over and abbreviates it. (b) the names of the good friends — the eighty and the forty both have 「德生童子、有德童女」 tr. “the boy Virtue-Born and the maiden Endowed with Virtue,” while the sixty in this passage has only 「童子、童女」 tr. “the boy and the maiden,” without crowning them with names. (c) the circling — the eighty has 「右遶畢已」 tr. “when he had circled them to the right,” the sixty 「圍遶畢已」 tr. “when he had circled about them,” the forty 「遶無數匝」 tr. “circled them numberless times.” Recorded without adjudication.
Clause Two Displaying Their Own Dharma Gate · Setting Forth the Name
| Witness | Verbatim | Location |
|---|---|---|
| Śikṣānanda T279 | Son of good family! The bodhisattva liberation we have realized is named: the abiding in illusion. Because we have gained this liberation, we see that all worlds are the abiding in illusion, since they are born of causes and conditions | T10n0279 0419c19–c21 |
| Buddhabhadra T278 | Son of good family! The bodhisattva liberation we have realized is named the abiding in illusion. By this pure knowledge we contemplate that the several worldly realms are all the abiding in illusion, since they are born of causes and conditions | T09n0278 0767b12–b14 |
| Prajñā T293 | Son of good family! The bodhisattva liberation we have realized is named the abiding in illusion. Having gained this liberation, complete and round and full, by this pure knowledge we contemplate all dharmas everywhere, and none is not the abiding in illusion, accomplished by illusion | T10n0293 0809a24–a26 |
What the variation is fastened to: (a) the name of the liberation is wholly the same in all three witnesses, 「幻住」 tr. “the abiding in illusion.” (b) the words that begin the contemplation — the eighty has 「得此解脫故,見……」 tr. “because we have gained this liberation, we see …,” the sixty 「以斯淨智觀……」 tr. “by this pure knowledge we contemplate …,” the forty holds both forms together, 「得此解脫,具足圓滿,以斯淨智,遍觀諸法」 tr. “having gained this liberation, complete and round and full, by this pure knowledge we contemplate all dharmas everywhere.” (c) what the first illusion contemplates — the eighty has 「一切世界」 tr. “all worlds,” the sixty 「諸世間」 tr. “the several worldly realms,” the forty 「一切世界」 tr. “all worlds.” Recorded without adjudication.
Clause Three The Listing of the Ten Kinds of Illusion
| Witness | Verbatim | Location |
|---|---|---|
| Śikṣānanda T279 | All worldly realms are the abiding in illusion, since ignorance, craving for existence, and the rest are born of conditions turning one upon another; all dharmas are the abiding in illusion, since they are born of the view of a self and every other sort of illusory condition; all three times are the abiding in illusion, since they are born of the inverted knowledge that takes the view of a self and the rest | T10n0279 0419c22–c25 |
| Buddhabhadra T278 | All dharmas are the abiding in illusion, since ignorance, craving for existence, and the rest are born of conditions turning one upon another; all three realms are the abiding in illusion, since they are born of inverted knowledge | T09n0278 0767b15–b17 |
| Prajñā T293 | We see that all worldly realms are the abiding in illusion, since ignorance, craving for existence, and the rest are born of conditions turning one upon another; we see that all dharmas are the abiding in illusion, since they are born of the view of a self and every other sort of illusory condition; we see that all three times are the abiding in illusion, since they are born of the inverted knowledge that takes the view of a self and the rest | T10n0293 0809a28–b02 |
What the variation is fastened to: (a) the eighty and the forty here have, graph for graph, three items (worldly realms · dharmas · the three times), the sixty graph for graph two items (dharmas · the three realms) — the sixty taking 「一切法」 tr. “all dharmas” to carry the gloss that the eighty attaches to 「一切世間」 tr. “all worldly realms” (born of ignorance, craving for existence, and the rest turning one upon another), while the eighty’s item 「一切法」 tr. “all dharmas” is not separately brought out in the sixty. (b) the fifth item — the eighty and the forty have 「三世」 tr. “the three times,” the sixty 「三界」 tr. “the three realms.” (c) at the fifth item the sixty lacks the three graphs 「我見等」 tr. “the view of a self and the rest.” (d) the item of the illusion of bodhisattvas — the eighty has 「能自調伏教化眾生諸行願法之所成故」 tr. “since they are accomplished by the dharmas of the many practices and vows by which one is able to tame oneself and to teach and transform sentient beings,” the sixty 「能自調伏教化眾生殊勝智心及諸行願之所成故」 tr. “since they are accomplished by the surpassing mind of knowledge and by the practices and vows by which one is able to tame oneself and to teach and transform sentient beings” 〔T09n0278 0767b20–b22〕, the forty 「能自調伏,成熟眾生,諸行願法,相續現前之所成故」 tr. “since they are accomplished by the dharmas of practice and vow, appearing before one in unbroken continuance, by which one is able to tame oneself and to ripen sentient beings” 〔T10n0293 0809b06–b08〕. Recorded without adjudication.
Clause Four Pointing Out the Place
| Witness | Verbatim | Location |
|---|---|---|
| Śikṣānanda T279 | South of here there is a land named: Sea Shore; there is a park named: Great Adornment; and within it there is a vast storeyed pavilion named: Vairocana Adornment Treasury | T10n0279 0420a07–a09 |
| Buddhabhadra T278 | South of here there is a land called Sea Ravine; there is a park and grove named Great Adornment Treasury; and within that grove there is a great tower named Adorned and Pure Treasury | T09n0278 0767c06–c08 |
| Prajñā T293 | South of here, at a place near the sea gate, there is a land named Fertile Field; in that land there is a park named Great Adornment, and within it there is a vast storeyed pavilion named Vairocana Adornment Treasury | T10n0293 0809b16–b18 |
What the variation is fastened to: (a) the name of the land differs in all three witnesses — the eighty 「海岸」 tr. “Sea Shore,” the sixty 「海㵎」 tr. “Sea Ravine,” the forty 「沃田」 tr. “Fertile Field” (the forty further crowning it with 「近海門處」 tr. “at a place near the sea gate”). (b) the name of the park — the eighty and the forty have 「大莊嚴」 tr. “Great Adornment,” the sixty 「大莊嚴藏」 tr. “Great Adornment Treasury.” (c) the name of the storeyed pavilion — the eighty and the forty have 「毘盧遮那莊嚴藏」 tr. “Vairocana Adornment Treasury,” the sixty 「嚴淨藏」 tr. “Adorned and Pure Treasury,” and the sixty calls it a 「樓觀」 tr. “tower” and not a 「樓閣」 tr. “storeyed pavilion.” (d) what the storeyed pavilion is born from — the eighty has, graph for graph, four clauses of being born from (the fruit and recompense of roots of good · the power of mindfulness, the power of vow, the power of mastery, and spiritual power · skillful means · merit and wisdom), the sixty 「菩薩往昔善根所起,菩薩諸願自在,諸通智力,巧妙方便,功德大悲法門所起」 tr. “raised up by the bodhisattva’s roots of good in ages past, raised up by the bodhisattva’s mastery in his several vows, the knowledge and power of the several penetrations, skillful and wondrous means, and the dharma-gate of merit and virtue and great compassion” 〔T09n0278 0767c08–c10〕. Recorded without adjudication.
Clause Five The Number of Questions in the Teaching of the Question
| Witness | Verbatim | Location |
|---|---|---|
| Śikṣānanda T279 | Go to him and ask: How is a bodhisattva to carry out the bodhisattva practice? How is a bodhisattva to cultivate the bodhisattva path? How is a bodhisattva to study the bodhisattva precepts? … How is a bodhisattva to be complete in the bodhisattva dharmas of merit and virtue? How is a bodhisattva to serve the bodhisattva’s good friends? | T10n0279 0420a22–a27 |
| Buddhabhadra T278 | Go to him and ask how a bodhisattva purifies the bodhisattva path, how a bodhisattva studies the bodhisattva precepts, how a bodhisattva purifies the bodhisattva mind … how a bodhisattva abides in the practice of merit and virtue, how a bodhisattva draws near to good friends | T09n0278 0767c16–c21 |
| Prajñā T293 | Go to him and ask how a bodhisattva carries out the bodhisattva practice, how a bodhisattva cultivates the bodhisattva path, how a bodhisattva studies the bodhisattva precepts … how a bodhisattva is complete in the bodhisattva dharmas of merit and virtue, how a bodhisattva serves the bodhisattva’s good friends | T10n0293 0809c05–c10 |
What the variation is fastened to: (a) the base text has, graph for graph, eleven occurrences of 「云何」 tr. “how,” the forty likewise eleven, the sixty ten (the sixty lacking the question 「行菩薩行」 tr. “carrying out the bodhisattva practice,” while separately bringing out the questions 「得菩薩地」 tr. “gaining the bodhisattva grounds,” 「得諸忍法」 tr. “gaining the dharmas of the several forbearances,” and 「住功德行」 tr. “abiding in the practice of merit and virtue”). Chengguan, upon the eighty-fascicle witness, judges 「先正教興十問者,表無盡故」 tr. “first, the teaching proper raises ten questions, to set forth that they are inexhaustible” 〔T35n1735 0955a04〕 — the commentary makes them ten, the base text graph for graph eleven; the differing form is recorded without adjudication. (b) the seventh question — the eighty has 「云何入菩薩所住地」 tr. “how is a bodhisattva to enter the ground in which bodhisattvas abide,” the forty 「云何入菩薩自在地」 tr. “how is a bodhisattva to enter the bodhisattva ground of mastery.” Recorded without adjudication.
Clause Six Warning Away from the Inferior, and the Gates One Should Cultivate
| Witness | Verbatim | Location |
|---|---|---|
| Śikṣānanda T279 | You should not cultivate one good, illumine one dharma, carry out one practice, bring forth one vow, gain one prediction, or abide in one forbearance, and then give rise to the thought that this is the ultimate; you should not, with a mind that has a limit and a measure, carry out the six perfections, abide in the ten grounds, purify the buddha-lands, or serve good friends | T10n0279 0420b09–b12 |
| Buddhabhadra T278 | You should not, within one root of good, give rise to the thought of having had enough; one dharma of light, one practice, one vow, one conferring of a prediction, the gaining of a gate of forbearance in the Dharma, the six perfections; the several bodhisattva grounds, the buddha-lands purified, the drawing near to good friends — in these matters do not give rise to the thought of having had enough | T09n0278 0768a02–a05 |
| Prajñā T293 | You should not now cultivate one root of good, illumine one dharma-gate, bring forth one great vow, receive one prediction, or abide in one forbearance, and then give rise to the thought that this is the ultimate; you should not, with a mind that has a limit and a measure, carry out the most surpassing perfections | T10n0293 0809c23–c26 |
What the variation is fastened to: (a) the thought given rise to — the eighty and the forty have 「生究竟想」 tr. “give rise to the thought that this is the ultimate,” the sixty twice has 「生知足想」 tr. “give rise to the thought of having had enough.” (b) the number of the gates one should cultivate — Chengguan, upon the eighty-fascicle witness, judges 「前中,有九十八門,分為十段」 tr. “within the first there are ninety-eight gates, divided into ten passages” 〔T35n1735 0955a15〕; the base text in this passage has, graph for graph, ninety-five clauses beginning with the graph 「應」 tr. “should” 〔T10n0279 0420b12–0420c28〕 (the last gate, the one clause 「應同諸菩薩」 tr. “should, together with all bodhisattvas,” containing beneath it four matters: abiding · making offerings · adorning and purifying · bringing forth) — the commentary’s number of gates and the base text’s number of opening clauses graph for graph are of differing form, recorded without adjudication. (c) in this passage the forty separately adds such clauses as 「應捨無量內外財」 tr. “should give away measureless goods within and without,” 「應讚無量持戒」 tr. “should praise measureless keeping of the precepts,” and 「應令無量眾生住清淨戒」 tr. “should make measureless sentient beings abide in the pure precepts” 〔T10n0293 0810b06–b12〕, and at the end separately brings out a group such as 「不思議妙行金剛句」 tr. “the adamantine clauses of wondrous practice beyond conceiving” and 「不思議語言祕密句」 tr. “the secret clauses of speech beyond conceiving” 〔0810c05–c09〕, which the eighty and the sixty lack. (d) in the passage of concluding briefly and displaying broadly, the base text has, graph for graph, eleven occurrences of 「應普」 tr. “should universally” 〔T10n0279 0420c29–0421a04〕. Recorded without adjudication.
Clause Seven The Clause-Counts of Taking Up the Benefit · Guarding from Without · Taking Up the Causes
| Witness | Verbatim | Location |
|---|---|---|
| Śikṣānanda T279 | Why is it so? Son of good family! It is because of good friends that a bodhisattva hears the many practices of all bodhisattvas and accomplishes the merit and virtue of all bodhisattvas | T10n0279 0421a10–a12 |
| Śikṣānanda T279 | Son of good family! Because a bodhisattva is upheld by good friends, he does not fall into the evil destinies; because he is taken in by good friends, he does not turn back from the Great Vehicle | T10n0279 0421a28–b01 |
| Śikṣānanda T279 | Why is it so? Son of good family! As for good friends: they are able to purify the many hindrances, able to extinguish the many offenses, able to remove the many difficulties, able to stop the many evils | T10n0279 0421b10–b11 |
What the variation is fastened to: Chengguan brings out a clause-count for each of these three passages — for taking up the benefit, 「於中有三十五句,句各一行」 tr. “within it there are thirty-five clauses, each clause one line” 〔T35n1735 0955b05–b06〕; for the direct setting forth of the guarding from without, 「十五句」 tr. “fifteen clauses,” and for the taking up of the causes, 「四十句」 tr. “forty clauses” (「以此四十句釋上正明十五句」 tr. “these forty clauses gloss the fifteen clauses of the direct setting forth above”) 〔T35n1735 0955b11–b12〕. Counted graph by graph in the base text: the passage of taking up the benefit has thirty-five clauses 〔T10n0279 0421a10–a28〕, the passage of the direct setting forth of the guarding from without has fourteen clauses beginning with the graph 「由」 tr. “because” 〔0421a28–b09〕, and the passage of taking up the causes has forty-one clauses beginning with the graph 「能」 tr. “able to” 〔0421b10–b25〕 — the count for taking up the benefit agrees with the commentary, while the two counts for the guarding from without and for the taking up of the causes are of differing form from the commentary, recorded without adjudication. In the sixty-fascicle witness these two passages are wholly the same in structure, while their clause-counts and wording differ from one another 〔T09n0278 0768b20–0769a08 段〕.
Clause Eight The Ten Similes · The Twenty-One Minds · The Ten Pairs · The Gathering All Together
| Witness | Verbatim | Location |
|---|---|---|
| Śikṣānanda T279 | As for good friends, they are like a kind mother, since they give birth to the buddha-seed; like a kind father, since the benefit is vast; like a wet-nurse, since they guard one and do not let one do evil | T10n0279 0421b25–b27 |
| Buddhabhadra T278 | As for good friends, they are a stout boat, since they make one cross wholly over the sea of birth and death; as for good friends, they are a boatman, since they make one arrive at the jewel-isle of the Dharma of all-knowledge | T09n0278 0769a09–a11 |
| Śikṣānanda T279 | You should bring forth a mind like the great earth, since it bears up heavy burdens and does not weary; you should bring forth a mind like a diamond, since its aspiration is firm and cannot be broken | T10n0279 0421c04–c06 |
| Buddhabhadra T278 | Bring forth a mind of the great earth, since it upholds all matters and does not weary; bring forth a mind of the diamond, since it is firm and upright and cannot be broken | T09n0278 0769a12–a14 |
| Śikṣānanda T279 | All the accomplishing of the Buddha-Dharma by bodhisattvas is by the power of good friends, takes good friends as its root, is born depending on good friends, comes forth depending on good friends, grows depending on good friends, abides depending on good friends | T10n0279 0422b07–b09 |
| Buddhabhadra T278 | All dharmas such as these take good friends as their root: raised up depending on good friends, born depending on good friends, taken depending on good friends, set in motion depending on good friends, grown depending on good friends, abiding depending on good friends, gained depending on good friends | T09n0278 0769c07–c10 |
What the variation is fastened to: (a) the body of the ten similes — the eighty is of the 「如慈母」 tr. “like a kind mother” type (all ten similes beginning with 「如」 tr. “like”), the sixty of the 「善知識者,則為牢船」 tr. “as for good friends, they are a stout boat” type (beginning with 「則為」 tr. “they are”), and the simile-items of the two witnesses are not wholly the same either. (b) the twenty-one minds — the eighty has, graph for graph, twenty-one clauses, each clause reading ‘one should bring forth a mind like such and such,’ while the sixty reads ‘bring forth a mind of such and such’ and its items are largely different (as the eighty’s 「鐵圍山心」 tr. “mind like the Iron-Ring Mountains” against the sixty’s 「金剛山心」 tr. “mind of the diamond mountain”; the eighty’s 「給侍心」 tr. “mind like an attendant” against the sixty’s 「無自心」 tr. “mind of no self-will”; the eighty’s 「良犬心」 tr. “mind like a good dog” against the sixty’s 「小犬心」 tr. “mind of a small dog”; the eighty’s 「犗牛心」 tr. “mind like a gelded ox” against the sixty’s 「折角心」 tr. “mind of broken horns”; the eighty’s 「舟船心」 tr. “mind like a boat” against the sixty’s 「大船心」 tr. “mind of a great boat”; and the sixty further having such items as 「大風心」 tr. “mind of a great wind,” 「寶馬心」 tr. “mind of a jewelled horse,” 「大象心」 tr. “mind of a great elephant,” 「大山心」 tr. “mind of a great mountain,” 「卑下心」 tr. “mind of lowliness,” and 「成熟心」 tr. “mind of ripening”) 〔T09n0278 0769a12–a27〕. (c) the setting of self and friend face to face — the eighty has ten pairs with four matters to each pair, while the sixty for most pairs has three matters (as 「又於自身,生遠行想;於善知識,生導師想;於所說教,生正路想」 tr. “and again, of yourself give rise to the thought of one going far; of the good friend, the thought of a guide; of the teaching spoken, the thought of the right road”) 〔T09n0278 0769a29–b01〕. (d) the clauses with the graph 「依」 tr. “depending on” in the gathering all together to conclude their multitude — the eighty has, graph for graph, four clauses (born · comes forth · grows · abides), the sixty graph for graph seven (raised up · born · taken · set in motion · grows · abides · gained). Recorded without adjudication.
Clause Nine The Added Text Proper to the Forty-Fascicle Witness Alone (Recorded Only)
In the forty-fascicle witness the one unit of Virtue-Born and Endowed with Virtue exceeds the eighty and the sixty in length several times over 〔T10n0293 0809a19–0816c23〕. Besides the structures shared by all three witnesses — the list of the abiding in illusion (ten clauses in the eighty · nine in the sixty · ten in the forty) · the pointing out of Maitreya · the several similes of good friends — the forty separately has two great passages that the eighty and the sixty lack: first, the passage of the two kinds of precepts (the bodhisattva precepts · the precepts of individual liberation); second, the passage of the twelve ascetic practices — whose ending concludes 「善男子!此十二種頭陀功德,菩薩修行具足成就,能令一切善知識法圓滿清淨,能於一切善知識法永無退轉」 tr. “Son of good family! When a bodhisattva cultivates and accomplishes in full the merit and virtue of these twelve kinds of ascetic practice, he is able to make the dharma of every good friend round, full, and pure, and able never to turn back from the dharma of any good friend” 〔T10n0293 0816c16–c18〕, the items listed being such as dwelling in a place of solitude · sitting beneath a tree · sitting in the open · dwelling among the burial grounds · sitting always · sitting where one may, each beginning with 「菩薩具十種法」 tr. “a bodhisattva is complete in ten dharmas” and closing with 「是為菩薩具足十法」 tr. “this is a bodhisattva being complete in ten dharmas.” The clause of taking leave in the forty reads 「頂禮童子及童女,足遶無量匝,慇懃瞻仰,一心戀慕,辭退而去」 tr. “he bowed to the feet of the boy and the maiden, circled them measureless times, gazed up at them with earnest devotion, and with one mind cherishing them took his leave and departed” 〔T10n0293 0816c22–c23〕. This group of added text is recorded only, and not adjudicated.
V. Scriptural Grounds of Sectarian Doctrine (the doctrinal eye)
(1) The substance of the abiding in illusion — all arise from conditions and have no fixed nature. The very name of this section’s liberation is its doctrine. Chengguan glosses the clause setting forth the name:
「今初,謂能所境智染淨之法,皆從緣起,無定性故,如幻而住。」 tr. “Now the first: that is, the dharmas of the knower and the known, the objective realm and knowledge, the defiled and the pure, all arise from conditions and have no fixed nature, and so they abide as an illusion abides.” 〔T35n1735 0954b10–0954b11〕
The six graphs 「能所境智染淨」 tr. “the knower and the known, the objective realm and knowledge, the defiled and the pure” are the bone of this gloss — not only is the objective realm contemplated an illusion, the knowledge that contemplates is an illusion as well; not only is the defiled portion an illusion, the pure portion is an illusion as well. And so the last three of the ten illusions in the base text take up śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas · bodhisattvas · the assemblies, transformations, taming, and every arrangement of bodhisattvas, all of which belong to the pure portion. Chengguan judges this: 「後三種但約淨分依他,從緣如幻,可以意得」 tr. “the last three are taken only as the dependent-upon-other in its pure portion; arising from conditions and being as an illusion, this can be got by the sense” 〔T35n1735 0954c02–0954c03〕.
(2) The own-nature of the realm of illusion is beyond conceiving — leaving the two extremes and forgetting the middle way as well. Upon the one clause of concluding praise Chengguan glosses most fully:
「言自性不思議者,幻法非有,體不實故;非無,相非無故。非一,性相異故;非異,無二體故。空有相即,一異兩亡。既離二邊亦忘中道,由斯交徹,故能一中現多、多皆即一,重重無礙為不思議」 tr. “As for saying that the own-nature is beyond conceiving: an illusory dharma is not existent, since its substance is not real; it is not non-existent, since its mark is not nothing. It is not one, since nature and mark differ; it is not different, since there are not two substances. Emptiness and existence are mutually identical, and one and different are both lost. Since it has left the two extremes it also forgets the middle way, and by this mutual pervading it is able to manifest the many within the one and to have the many all be the one, unobstructed layer upon layer, and this is being beyond conceiving.” 〔T35n1735 0954c04–0954c08〕
The words of this passage, 「一中現多、多皆即一,重重無礙」 tr. “manifesting the many within the one and having the many all be the one, unobstructed layer upon layer,” are where this edition’s line of reading the four graphs 「不可思議」 tr. “beyond conceiving” comes to rest. Fazang, upon the sixty-fascicle witness, likewise makes it twofold: 「自性不思者,則有則空無二,故不思議。又以自性亡二邊,亦不住於中,故云不思議也」 tr. “As for the own-nature being beyond conceiving, it is then existent and then empty, not two, and so it is beyond conceiving. Further, by its own-nature it loses the two extremes and does not abide in the middle either, and so it says beyond conceiving.” 〔T35n1733 0486a28–0486b01〕. Both houses alike take 「不住中道」 tr. “not abiding in the middle way” as the second layer.
(3) All the accomplishing of the Buddha-Dharma by bodhisattvas is by the power of good friends. The doctrine of the second half of this section is stated by the scripture text itself and waits upon no commentary to bring it out:
「一切菩薩成就佛法,皆由善知識力,以善知識而為根本,依善知識生,依善知識出,依善知識長,依善知識住,善知識為因緣,善知識能發起。」 tr. “All the accomplishing of the Buddha-Dharma by bodhisattvas is by the power of good friends, takes good friends as its root, is born depending on good friends, comes forth depending on good friends, grows depending on good friends, abides depending on good friends; good friends are its cause and condition, and good friends are what set it in motion.” 〔T10n0279 0422b07–0422b10〕
This is the closing clause of the whole unit, and it is likewise one witness to why this section is listed under 「會緣入實相」 tr. “the conditions gathered and entering the real” — for the conditions gathered are precisely the good friends.
(4) Good friends are of two kinds, first the real and second the provisional. Upon the clause warning that 「見善知識隨順煩惱行,勿生嫌怪」 tr. “in seeing good friends act in accord with the afflictions, do not give rise to a mind of dislike and blame,” Chengguan brings out the reason:
「言見隨煩惱行勿嫌怪者,善友有二:一實、二權。權能行於非道,內外生熟善巧難知,故不應嫌。實中復二:一行、二解。今但求解,不應觀行故。」 tr. “As for seeing them act in accord with the afflictions and not disliking or blaming them: good friends are of two kinds, first the real and second the provisional. The provisional are able to walk upon what is not the path, and whether inside and outside they are ripe or unripe is hard to know by skill, and so one should not dislike them. Among the real there are again two, first the practice and second the understanding. Now one seeks only the understanding and should not contemplate the practice.” 〔T35n1735 0955a26–0955a29〕
Chengguan then cites a treatise as his witness: 「如《智論》五十說,亦如有目跛人猶能示道」 tr. “as the Zhi lun, fascicle fifty, says, it is likewise as a lame man with eyes is still able to point out the road” 〔T35n1735 0955a29–0955b01〕.
(5) The judgment of the five marks and Chengguan’s even-handed words. This section belongs to the second of the five marks of the last assembly, the mark of 「會緣入實相」 tr. “the conditions gathered and entering the real,” and as for whence that judgment comes, Chengguan first sets up a passage of even-handed words and only then matches them:
「六分五相者,若意法師及臺山論,但隨文散釋,更無別配;光統等師皆配地位。二皆有理,謂隨一一位具多法門,豈容凡心不得習求善友之法,故不配有理。然無次位中不礙次位,顯位是常規,配亦無失。橫竪無礙,且依古德配為五相」 tr. “As for the sixth, dividing into five marks: Dharma Master Yi and the treatise of Terrace Mountain merely gloss the text loosely as it runs and set up no separate matching, while Guangtong and the other masters all match it to the grounds and stations. Both have their reason. That is, since each single station is complete in many Dharma gates, how should an ordinary mind be barred from practicing and seeking the dharma of good friends? — and so not matching them has its reason. Yet within the absence of graded stations the graded stations are not obstructed, and displaying the stations is the constant rule, so that matching them likewise is no error. The horizontal and the vertical are unobstructed, and for now I follow the ancient worthies in matching them as five marks.” 〔T35n1735 0918b02–0918b08〕
〔0918b04–b07〕 is where the passage from 「二皆有理……配亦無失」 tr. “both have their reason … matching them likewise is no error” stands. Wherever this edition speaks of the assigning of stations or of the five marks, it fastens to these words as its ground.
VI. Divergent Interpretations of the Commentators (the ancient worthies · with their houses marked)
Chengguan, Huayan jing shu T35n1735 · Yanyi chao T36n1736 (clause by clause upon the eighty-fascicle witness · principal)
The outline: 「第九德生,有德幻智歸幻門善友。第一依教趣求。」 tr. “The ninth, Virtue-Born and Endowed with Virtue, the good friends of the gate of the illusory knowledge that returns to illusion. First, seeking in accord with the teaching.” 〔T35n1735 0954b07–0954b08〕
The opening and folding of the ten illusions: 「十中,初一為總,緣生世界並通染淨,剎海亦名世界故;餘九為別。初五約染分依他,如幻緣生故。」 tr. “Of the ten, the first one is the general, for worlds born of conditions run through both the defiled and the pure, since a sea of lands is also named a world; the remaining nine are the particulars. The first five are taken as the dependent-upon-other in its defiled portion, since they are as an illusion born of conditions.” 〔T35n1735 0954b14–0954b16〕
The gloss upon the illusions one by one (four taken up): 「一約有情苦果,從業惑集生。」 tr. “The first is taken as the suffering fruit of sentient beings, born of the gathering of deeds and delusions.” 〔0954b16–b17〕 「二約十二因緣順觀,即世間故,次第相由故云展轉。」 tr. “The second is taken as the forward contemplation of the twelve links of dependent origination, since they are just the worldly realm; and because in their order they depend one upon another it says turning one upon another.” 〔0954b17–b18〕 「四即是時,謂依行相續不斷分位建立為時,所依行空,時何所立?妄計有體,是顛倒智。」 tr. “The fourth is time: that is, upon the unbroken continuance of the aspects of formations a division is set up and called time; but the formations depended upon are empty, so where is time set up? To reckon falsely that it has a substance is inverted knowledge.” 〔0954b23–b25〕 「五即無常生老等,謂依生已壞滅分位建立無常等,皆妄分別有。」 tr. “The fifth is impermanence, birth, aging, and the rest: that is, upon the division of having arisen and then decaying, impermanence and the rest are set up, and all of them are had by false discrimination.” 〔0954b25–b26〕
That the one illusion of lands runs through the defiled and the pure: 「次一切國土,義通染淨眾生。染土多從三倒所生,以不了唯心,妄取境界故……言無明所現,亦通淨剎,謂登地已上無明未盡,所見國土種種不同。既云無明,則揀非佛土。」 tr. “Next, all lands: the meaning runs through the defiled and the pure among sentient beings. Defiled lands mostly arise from the three inversions, since one does not penetrate that they are mind-only and falsely grasps at objective realms … As for saying that they appear through ignorance, this runs through the pure lands as well: that is, from the first ground upward ignorance is not yet exhausted, and the lands seen are of every sort of difference. But since it says ignorance, it has already sifted out and excluded the buddha-lands.” 〔T35n1735 0954b26–0954c02〕
The gloss upon the pointing out of the place: 「國名海岸者,南海北岸,一生菩薩臨智海故。園名大莊嚴,因圓萬行而嚴果故。又生死園苑,以萬行樹林嚴自果故。」 tr. “As for the land being named Sea Shore, it is the northern shore of the southern sea, since a bodhisattva of one more birth draws near to the sea of knowledge. The park is named Great Adornment because the cause is round in the myriad practices and thereby adorns the fruit. Further, the park and garden of birth and death are adorned to one’s own fruit by the grove of trees that is the myriad practices.” 〔T35n1735 0954c12–0954c15〕
The three conditions in the glossing of Maitreya’s name: 「彌勒梵音,具云迷帝隷,此云慈,是其姓也。然有三緣:一由本願,過去值大慈如來,因立大願,願得斯號故;二由此得慈心三昧故;三由母懷時有慈心故,如滿慈子。名阿逸多,此云無勝,以生具相好勝德無過故。」 tr. “Maitreya, in the Sanskrit sound, in full is Midili; in this tongue it is Kind, and it is his clan-name. Now there are three conditions for it: first, by his original vow — in the past he met a Tathāgata of great kindness and thereupon set up a great vow, vowing to gain this title; second, because he thereby gained the samādhi of the mind of kindness; third, because while he was in the womb his mother had a mind of kindness, as with the son of Pūrṇa. He is named Ayiduo, which in this tongue is Unsurpassed, since he was born complete in the marks and signs and in surpassing virtue with nothing beyond it.” 〔T35n1735 0954c25–0955a01〕
The two intents in the glossing of the reason for asking broadly: 「釋有二意:一所求德廣,能具說故。後「善男子汝不應」下能求大心法應爾故。」 tr. “The gloss has two intents: first, the virtue sought is broad, and he is able to expound it in full. After, from ‘son of good family, you should not’ onward, it is that the dharma of the great mind that seeks ought to be so.” 〔T35n1735 0955a06–0955a07〕
The judgment of the running-through and the separate in the taking up of the causes: 「以此四十句釋上正明十五句,有通有別。通則後諸惡因通對前果,別則各各配屬。如由除諸難,不退大乘;由止諸惡,不犯淨戒;由破無明,不隨惡友。下諸句或有二三對上一句,可以意得,恐繁不配。」 tr. “These forty clauses gloss the fifteen clauses of the direct setting forth above; there is the running-through and there is the separate. Running through, the several causes of evil afterward correspond generally to the fruits before; separately, each is matched and assigned. As by removing the many difficulties, one does not turn back from the Great Vehicle; by stopping the many evils, one does not break the pure precepts; by breaking ignorance, one does not follow bad friends. The clauses below may have two or three matching one clause above, which can be got by the sense; fearing prolixity I do not match them.” 〔T35n1735 0955b11–0955b16〕
The Yanyi chao glossing the Shu’s words 「三就五類法中」 tr. “third, taken within the dharmas of the five classes”: 「疏文有三:一釋一切法即有為。「一切以無為」下,出揀無為所以。同《掌珍論》真性有為空故。從「異熟識等」,出餘四類之果。異熟是心,等餘七識及心所色法并不相應。」 tr. “The text of the Shu has three parts: first, glossing that all dharmas are just the conditioned. From ‘all, taking the unconditioned’ onward, it brings out the reason for sifting out the unconditioned. It is the same as the Zhangzhen lun’s ‘in true nature the conditioned is empty.’ From ‘the maturing consciousness and the rest,’ it brings out the fruits of the remaining four classes. The maturing is mind, and ‘the rest’ takes in the other seven consciousnesses together with the mental factors, form dharmas, and the non-concomitant.” 〔T36n1736 0692b25–0692b29〕
The Yanyi chao glossing the two kinds of the view of a self: 「然我見有二:一與七識相應,即執第八以為內我,故謂我所與四惑相應。今言我見等者,等取愛慢。二者與六識相應我執,兼外取妄境以為我所,及起餘惑,故云種種。」 tr. “Now the view of a self is of two kinds: first, that concomitant with the seventh consciousness, which grasps the eighth as an inner self, and so speaks of what is mine as concomitant with the four delusions. Where it now says ‘the view of a self and the rest,’ ‘the rest’ takes in craving and conceit. Second, the grasping at a self concomitant with the sixth consciousness, which further grasps outwardly at false objective realms as what is mine and gives rise to the remaining delusions, and so it says ‘every sort.’” 〔T36n1736 0692c01–0692c04〕
The Yanyi chao glossing the non-concomitant formations: 「然不相應有二十四,今二門中略遣其四,等於所餘。」 tr. “Now the non-concomitant are twenty-four; here within two gates four of them are briefly dismissed, and ‘the rest’ covers the remainder.” 〔T36n1736 0692c06–0692c07〕; and again 「疏「五即無常生老等」者,即二十四中之三,一無常、二生、三老等。」 tr. “As for the Shu’s ‘the fifth is impermanence, birth, aging, and the rest,’ these are three among the twenty-four: first impermanence, second birth, third aging and the rest.” 〔0692c12–0692c14〕
The Yanyi chao on why the three inversions arise: 「以心見非倒見,由想亂故,令餘二皆倒耳。」 tr. “taking mind and view as not themselves inverted views: it is because perception is disordered that it makes the other two both inverted.” 〔T36n1736 0693a01–0693a02〕
The Yanyi chao glossing 「幻法非有」 tr. “an illusory dharma is not existent” as three contemplations together with the departing from the four alternatives: 「此中且約有無一異,兼下中道以為三觀。亦應有離四句。」 tr. “here, taking for now existence and non-existence, sameness and difference, together with the middle way below, they are made three contemplations. There should also be the departing from the four alternatives.” 〔T36n1736 0693a02–0693a03〕
The Yanyi chao dividing the non-obstruction of matter and principle from the non-obstruction of matter and matter: 「既離二邊已是中道,亦亡中道絕待中也。上即事理無礙。」 tr. “having departed from the two extremes, this is already the middle way; and losing the middle way too is the middle that cuts off all correlates. The above is the non-obstruction of matter and principle.” 〔T36n1736 0693a05–0693a06〕; 「即事事無礙。餘義如前。」 tr. “this is the non-obstruction of matter and matter. The remaining meaning is as before.” 〔T36n1736 0693a06–0693a07〕
The Yanyi chao on the three conditions of Maitreya as giving rise to one another in turn: 「此三展轉相生。謂由遇慈氏如來故,得慈心三昧。得三昧故,母亦慈也。」 tr. “these three give rise to one another in turn: because he met the Tathāgata Maitreya he gained the samādhi of the mind of kindness, and because he gained the samādhi his mother too was kind.” 〔T36n1736 0693a10–0693a12〕; and glossing 「慈依智住」 tr. “kindness abides in dependence upon knowledge” he says 「上以樓閣為二智故。」 tr. “because above the storeyed pavilion is taken as the two knowledges.” 〔T36n1736 0693a12–0693a13〕
The Yanyi chao matching the 「句各四事」 tr. “four matters to each clause” of the ten pairs of self and friend to the four proximate conditions of the Nirvāṇa: 「此四亦即涅槃四近因緣,前已頻釋,故云可知。初二句即親近善友,第三句即聽聞正法,第四句即如說修行,正念思惟遍於四句故,句句皆令起如是想。」 tr. “these four are just the four proximate conditions of the Nirvāṇa, already glossed repeatedly before, and so he says they may be known. The first two clauses are the drawing near to good friends, the third clause is the hearing of the true Dharma, the fourth clause is practising as taught; and because right mindfulness and reflection pervade all four clauses, every clause makes one give rise to such a thought.” 〔T36n1736 0693a13–0693a17〕, ending at 「第二相竟」 tr. “the second mark is concluded” 〔T36n1736 0693a18〕.
Fazang, Tanxuan ji T35n1733 (the commentary upon the sixty-fascicle Avataṃsaka)
The glossing of the two names: 「舊本名妙德,當此德生也。妙德惠,當此有德也。以本語名室利末,此云有德。室利末底,此云德惠。以聲字相近故,二譯不同也。」 tr. “The old witness names him Wondrous Virtue, which here is Virtue-Born. Wondrous Virtue Grace, which here is Endowed with Virtue. Since in the original tongue the name is Shilimo, which in this tongue is Endowed with Virtue; Shilimodi, which in this tongue is Virtue Grace. Because the sounds and graphs are near to one another, the two renderings differ.” 〔T35n1733 0486a18–0486a20〕
The two meanings of the abiding in illusion: 「幻住亦二義:一明所知諸法依緣虛立,名為幻住;二能知之智住幻境中,此則住幻,故云幻住。」 tr. “The abiding in illusion likewise has two meanings: first, it makes clear that the dharmas known are set up emptily in dependence upon conditions, and this is named the abiding in illusion; second, the knowledge that knows abides within the realm of illusion, and this then is abiding in illusion, and so it says the abiding in illusion.” 〔T35n1733 0486a21–0486a23〕
The opening and folding of the ten illusions (differing from Chengguan): 「初六知世間法幻住,一總知、次二知人法幻、次二知三界生滅幻、次一知國土幻;後三知三乘幻,初一二乘、次一菩薩、後一菩薩所作。」 tr. “The first six know the abiding in illusion of the dharmas of the world — one knowing generally, the next two knowing the illusion of person and dharma, the next two knowing the illusion of the arising and ceasing of the three realms, the next one knowing the illusion of lands; the last three know the illusion of the three vehicles — the first one the two vehicles, the next one bodhisattvas, the last one what bodhisattvas do.” 〔T35n1733 0486a25–0486a28〕
The two layers of the concluding praise: 「自性不思者,則有則空無二,故不思議。又以自性亡二邊,亦不住於中,故云不思議也。」 tr. “As for the own-nature being beyond conceiving, it is then existent and then empty, not two, and so it is beyond conceiving. Further, by its own-nature it loses the two extremes and does not abide in the middle either, and so it says beyond conceiving.” 〔T35n1733 0486a28–0486b01〕
The general conclusion of the great division: 「上來十人總明第二大段會緣入實相知識竟。」 tr. “The foregoing ten persons together make clear the friends of the second great division, the conditions gathered and entering the real; here it ends.” 〔T35n1733 0486b02–0486b03〕
The gloss that answers to the latter part of this unit (though Fazang has already opened the outline of Maitreya, what he glosses beneath it still answers to this unit’s scripture text): 「五分同前。初舉法勸修中亦三:初指處、二示人、三教問。」 tr. “The five divisions are as before. Within the first, taking up the Dharma and exhorting cultivation, there are likewise three: first pointing out the place, second pointing out the person, third the teaching of the question.” 〔T35n1733 0486b06–0486b07〕
The gloss upon the pointing out of the place (differing from Chengguan’s): 「初指處中,此是南天竺,近海岸,故名海㵎國。天竺本名海岸門國。園林具德,名大莊嚴。林中有樓觀顯耀,名明淨藏。梵本毘盧遮那莊嚴藏。」 tr. “Within the first, the pointing out of the place: this is South India, near the sea shore, and so it is named the land Sea Ravine. India’s own name for it is the land of the Gate of the Sea Shore. The park and grove are complete in virtue, and so are named Great Adornment. Within the grove is a storeyed pavilion shining forth, named Bright Pure Treasury. The Sanskrit witness has Vairocana Adornment Treasury.” 〔T35n1733 0486b07–0486b10〕
The three conditions of Maitreya’s name (the same in number as Chengguan’s, but differing in wording): 「然有三緣:一由本願,謂過去值大慈佛,因則發願,願我成佛亦得斯名。」 tr. “Yet there are three conditions: first, by the original vow — that in the past he met the Buddha Great Kindness, and thereupon brought forth the vow that when he became a buddha he too might gain this name.” 〔T35n1733 0486b13–0486b15〕; the third condition he gives as 「三就相立名,母懷時有慈心」 tr. “third, the name is set up from the sign: when his mother carried him she had a mind of kindness” 〔0486b16–0486b17〕, and the diviner’s words as 「由所懷子慈,令母慈也。」 tr. “because the child she carries is kind, he makes the mother kind.” 〔0486b17〕
The clause-count of the immeasurable and its divisions (differing from Chengguan’s ninety-eight gates in ten passages): 「文中總有八十句無量,分七:初二十句明救生斷障行」 tr. “in the text there are in all eighty clauses of the immeasurable, divided into seven: the first twenty clauses set forth the practice of rescuing beings and cutting off obstructions” 〔T35n1733 0486b29–0486c01〕
The benefit accomplished by according with the friend: 「明順友成益,於中三:初得十重十不可說願行」 tr. “setting forth the benefit accomplished by according with the friend, within which there are three: first, gaining the ten layers of ten inexpressible vows and practices” 〔T35n1733 0487a04–0487a05〕
Li Tongxuan, Xin Huayan jing lun T36n1739 (a different track of symbolizing the Dharma)
The glossing of the names of the two persons: 「曰德生,復有童女名為有德,此明智悲二行齊均,無前却故。童子童女者,明智悲齊滿,雖處世間無五欲相,以居幻住故。」 tr. “He is called Virtue-Born, and there is further a maiden named Endowed with Virtue; this makes clear that the two practices, knowledge and compassion, are level and equal, since neither comes before or falls behind. As for the boy and the maiden, this makes clear that knowledge and compassion are equally full; though they dwell in the world they have no mark of the five desires, since they dwell in the abiding in illusion.” 〔T36n1739 1004c05–1004c07〕
The glossing of the abiding in illusion: 「云我等證得菩薩解脫名為幻住者,約佛境界、眾生境界皆智幻所生,住居幻境,無實無虛無有識情,心境皆亡、性相無礙,以智功德故。」 tr. “As for saying that the bodhisattva liberation we have realized is named the abiding in illusion: taken as the realm of the buddhas and the realm of sentient beings, both are born of the illusion of knowledge, and one dwells within the realm of illusion, neither real nor empty and without the feelings of consciousness; mind and objective realm are both lost, nature and mark are unobstructed, and this is by the merit and virtue of knowledge.” 〔T36n1739 1004c08–1004c11〕
The likeness of Indra’s net: 「幻生光影身土重重,如因陀羅網身境重重,十方身土境相相入無礙無礙。」 tr. “Illusion gives birth to light and shadow, bodies and lands layer upon layer, as in Indra’s net bodies and objects are layer upon layer, and in the ten directions bodies, lands, objects, and marks enter one another unobstructed, unobstructed.” 〔T36n1739 1004c11–1004c13〕
The outline-place of this section: 「從此十一地已後,會慈氏一生所得佛果門。於此門中長科為十段。第一「善男子於此南方有國土名為海岸」已下至「辭退而去」可有半卷經,明德生童子、有德童女推慈氏菩薩之德,令善財童子親近勝進分。」 tr. “From the eleventh ground onward, the gate of the buddha-fruit gained by Maitreya in one more birth. Within this gate a long outline is made of ten passages. The first, from ‘son of good family, south of here there is a land named Sea Shore’ down to ‘took his leave and departed,’ amounts to about half a fascicle of scripture, making clear the portion in which the boy Virtue-Born and the maiden Endowed with Virtue point to the virtue of the bodhisattva Maitreya and cause Sudhana the youth to draw near and advance further.” 〔T36n1739 1004c20–1004c25〕
Zhiyan, Souxuan ji T35n1732
Where he places it in the outline: in the general table of contents of this assembly Zhiyan writes 「次摩耶一人,會緣入實相」 tr. “next, Māyā, one person, the conditions gathered and entering the real” 〔T35n1732 0090b08〕; but when he glosses the text clause by clause he does not place this section under the mark of the conditions gathered and entering the real, but ties it beneath the single outline of Maitreya — 「明第三攝德成因相,為彌勒是因故也。」 tr. “setting forth the third, the mark of gathering virtue and accomplishing the cause, since Maitreya is the cause.” 〔T35n1732 0103a23–0103a24〕 Beneath it he opens 「入三世智正念思惟莊嚴法門,有三:初教勸進勝」 tr. “the Dharma gate of the adornment of right mindfulness and reflection by the knowledge that enters the three times has three: first, the teaching that exhorts him to advance to the superior” 〔0103a24–0103a25〕, this section being the first of them, and opens it further as 「初文有五:初示方便知識」 tr. “the first passage has five: first, displaying the friend who is the expedient” 〔0103a27〕.
The two youths as symbolizing the Dharma: 「二明二童子等,表見化用,修成方便資成依止,即寄福慧也。亦可前摩耶示以實應實,此童子等以相應相也。」 tr. “second, setting forth the two youths and the rest, who symbolize the seeing and the function of transformation, cultivating the expedient to completion and furnishing the support relied upon — that is, lodging merit and wisdom therein. It may also be taken that Māyā before displayed it by the real responding to the real, while these youths and the rest do so by the mark responding to the mark.” 〔T35n1732 0103b03–0103b05〕
The words of reserve Zhiyan keeps for himself: 「有說:此中失次。此意未詳,且作此釋。」 tr. “Some say: here the order is out of place. This intent is not yet ascertained; for now I make this gloss.” 〔T35n1732 0103b05–0103b06〕
To whom the pointing-onward speech is tied: Zhiyan, upon the sixty-fascicle witness, takes the speaker of the passage that points onward to be Māyā — 「是摩耶言」 tr. “these are Māyā’s words” 〔T35n1732 0103b06–0103b07〕. In the base text T279 this passage is spoken by the two persons together, the boy Virtue-Born and the maiden Endowed with Virtue; the run of the text in the two witnesses is not the same, and both are recorded.
The gloss division by division:
- The dwelling place of the recompense-environment — 「二示依報住處,文有四:一示方、二示國、三示園林、四示樓觀,并因也,所以云南為事,因位順正果故。」 tr. “second, displaying the dwelling place of the recompense-environment; the text has four: first displaying the direction, second the land, third the park and grove, fourth the storeyed pavilion, together with its cause. That it says ‘south’ is taken as a matter of practice, for the station of the cause accords with the true fruit.” 〔T35n1732 0103b09–0103b11〕
- The friend’s name and virtue, and the teaching of the question — 「三示知識名中,初名、次辨德。四教問中有十句:初五問修方便相、次五問正修行相。」 tr. “third, within the displaying of the friend’s name: first the name, next the distinguishing of the virtue. Fourth, within the teaching of the question there are ten clauses: the first five ask after the marks of cultivating the expedient, the next five ask after the marks of true cultivation.” 〔T35n1732 0103b12–0103b13〕
- Praising the virtue and exhorting the seeking — 「五歎彌勒能說德,有二:初歎能說德」 tr. “fifth, praising Maitreya’s virtue of being able to expound, which has two: first, praising the virtue of being able to expound” 〔T35n1732 0103b14〕; 「二廣勸求中有五:初一百七句勸修諸相行」 tr. “second, within the broad exhortation to seek there are five: first, one hundred and seven clauses exhorting the cultivation of the practices of all the marks” 〔T35n1732 0103b17–0103b18〕
- The benefit of seeking the friend — 「辨求知識益,此文有二:初明轉受法藥儀;二辨藥病相擬法耳」 tr. “distinguishing the benefit of seeking the friend; this text has two: first, setting forth the manner of receiving the medicine of Dharma in turn; second, distinguishing how the medicine and the disease are matched to the Dharma” 〔T35n1732 0103b26–0103b27〕
- It ends before 「第二依教趣入」 tr. “second, entering in accord with the teaching” 〔T35n1732 0103c06〕.
Recorded Without Adjudication
The outline of this section Chengguan makes sixfold (seeking in accord with the teaching · seeing, paying respect, and inquiring · displaying their own Dharma gate · humbling themselves and pointing to the superior · pointing out the next friend · cherishing their virtue and taking leave); Fazang, upon the sixty-fascicle witness, makes three divisions beneath displaying their own Dharma realm (setting forth the name · the working · concluding and pointing on); Li Tongxuan does not divide the outline friend by friend, but takes 「會慈氏一生所得佛果門」 tr. “the gate of the buddha-fruit gained by Maitreya in one more birth” as a long outline of ten passages and makes this section the first of them; Zhiyan places this section wholly under Maitreya’s 「攝德成因相」 tr. “mark of gathering virtue and accomplishing the cause,” yet beneath his division 「示方便知識」 tr. “displaying the friend who is the expedient” brings out the two youths separately, and keeps for himself the words 「有說:此中失次」 tr. “some say: here the order is out of place” and 「此意未詳,且作此釋」 tr. “this intent is not yet ascertained; for now I make this gloss” — the bones of the four houses all differ. As for the opening and folding of the ten illusions, Chengguan makes it 「初一為總、餘九為別」 tr. “the first one is the general and the remaining nine are the particulars,” and judges the first five as the dependent-upon-other in its defiled portion and the last three as taken in its pure portion; Fazang makes it 「初六知世間法幻住」 tr. “the first six know the abiding in illusion of the dharmas of the world” … 「後三知三乘幻」 tr. “the last three know the illusion of the three vehicles” — the opening and folding of the two houses is not the same. As for the gloss upon the concluding praise, Chengguan brings out the four clauses of not existent, not non-existent, not one, not different and returns to unobstructedness layer upon layer, while Fazang brings out the two layers of existence and emptiness being not two, and of losing the two extremes and not abiding in the middle. In the matter of glossing the names, Fazang, upon the nearness of the Sanskrit sounds, distinguishes the old rendering’s 「妙德」 tr. “Wondrous Virtue” and 「妙德惠」 tr. “Wondrous Virtue Grace” from the present rendering’s 「德生」 tr. “Virtue-Born” and 「有德」 tr. “Endowed with Virtue,” while Li Tongxuan goes not by the rendered names but by the symbolizing of the Dharma, making it 「智悲二行齊均」 tr. “the two practices, knowledge and compassion, are level and equal.” As for the number of friends belonging to the 「會緣入實相」 tr. “conditions gathered and entering the real” to which this section belongs, Fazang concludes generally with 「上來十人」 tr. “the foregoing ten persons” 〔T35n1733 0486b02〕, while this edition’s boundary table takes Māyā as the forty-first friend and lists the friends beneath her separately — the two counts are not the same. As for the counting of gates and clauses, Chengguan makes them ten questions · ninety-eight gates · thirty-five clauses · fifteen clauses · forty clauses, while the base text counted graph by graph gives eleven questions · ninety-five opening clauses · thirty-five clauses · fourteen clauses · forty-one clauses. These divergent interpretations and divergent counts are alike the settled accounts of the ancient worthies and the base text graph for graph, and are recorded. The boundary-markings of the three houses’ outlines do not fall level with the range of this section's text either: Fazang, at 「大段第三,彌勒位是攝德成因相知識者」 tr. “the third great division: the station of Maitreya is the friend of the mark of gathering virtue and accomplishing the cause” 〔T35n1733 0486b04〕, already opens the outline of Maitreya, yet the glosses beneath it upon pointing out the place, pointing out the person, the teaching of the question, and the exhortation to serve friends still answer to this unit’s scripture text; Chengguan’s Yanyi chao concludes the second mark only at 「第二相竟」 tr. “the second mark is concluded” 〔T36n1736 0693a18〕, and only thereafter marks 「自下大文第三慈氏一人」 tr. “from here below is the third great division of the main text, Maitreya, one person” 〔T36n1736 0693a18–0693a19〕; Zhiyan, from 「明第三攝德成因相」 tr. “setting forth the third, the mark of gathering virtue and accomplishing the cause” 〔T35n1732 0103a23〕 onward, gathers the two youths in under it. The boundary-markings of the three houses fall early or late differently, and all are recorded.
VII. Cross-Reading and Lineage
For the text of this section, the fastenings of the lineage all turn back directly from the cross-readings the ancient worthies have already carried out; there is no new textual research:
- The clause of the Zhi lun: what Chengguan cites to establish that 「善友有二:一實、二權」 tr. “good friends are of two kinds, first the real and second the provisional” — 「如《智論》五十說,亦如有目跛人猶能示道」 tr. “as the Zhi lun, fascicle fifty, says, it is likewise as a lame man with eyes is still able to point out the road” 〔T35n1735 0955a29–0955b01〕. This is the one citation of another treatise within the window of the commentary upon this section.
- The clause of the Cheng weishi lun: what the Yanyi chao cites in glossing the Shu’s 「謂依生已壞滅分位建立」 tr. “that is, it is set up upon the division of having arisen and then decaying” — 「故《唯識》第二云「然有為法,因緣力故,本無今有、暫有還無,表異無為,假立四相。本無今有,有位名生。生位暫停,即說為住。住別前後,復立異名。暫有還無,無時稱滅。」」 tr. “and so the Weishi, in its second fascicle, says: ‘Now conditioned dharmas, by the power of causes and conditions, are not before and are now, are for a while and then are not; to set forth that they differ from the unconditioned, the four marks are provisionally set up. Not being before and being now, in the position of being it is named arising. The position of being resting for a while is spoken of as abiding. Abiding being distinguished as before and after, the name of altering is further set up. Being for a while and then not being, at the time of not being it is called ceasing.’” 〔T36n1736 0692c20–0692c23〕. This is what the Chao itself brings up to establish the meaning of the Shu, and is not a fastening dug out elsewhere.
- The clause of the Zhangzhen lun: what the Yanyi chao likens it to in glossing the Shu’s reason for sifting out the unconditioned — 「同《掌珍論》真性有為空故」 tr. “it is the same as the Zhangzhen lun’s ‘in true nature the conditioned is empty’” 〔T36n1736 0692b26–0692b27〕.
- 〈The Chapter on the Ten Practices〉: in glossing the three inversions the Yanyi chao points back to another chapter of this scripture — 「然〈十行品〉已廣分別。彼有多義,今是一」 tr. “now 〈the Chapter on the Ten Practices〉 has already discriminated them broadly. There they have many meanings; here is one of them” 〔T36n1736 0692c29〕.
- The treatises of the Huayan house: in the five texts, the Huayan jing zhigui T45n1871 · the Huayan jing kongmu zhang T45n1870 · the Huayan wujiao zhang T45n1866 · the Shixuan men T45n1868 · the Fajie xuanjing T45n1883, a search for 「德生」 tr. “Virtue-Born” and 「幻住」 tr. “the abiding in illusion” gives no hits at all in any of them 〔not found〕.
- The consciousness-only axis: in the four texts, the Cheng weishi lun T31n1585 · the She dasheng lun T31n1594 · the Jieshenmi jing T16n0676 · the Shidi jing lun T26n1522, a search for 「德生」 tr. “Virtue-Born” gives no hits at all in any of them 〔not found〕. This section is not 〈the Chapter on the Ten Grounds〉, and no separate fastening upon consciousness-only is set up.
- The Souxuan ji T35n1732: in the whole text, 「德生」 tr. “Virtue-Born” occurs once only 〔T35n1732 0031b06〕, in 「十二偈廣歎信德生善滅障義也」 tr. “twelve verses broadly praise the meaning that faith gives birth to good and extinguishes hindrances,” which is a gloss upon the station of the ten faiths; the two graphs 「德生」 tr. “Virtue-Born” coincide there by chance and are not the name of the good friend, and it does not enter the fastenings.
VIII. Edition Location Register
- Śikṣānanda T279 (the base text): the unit of the boy Virtue-Born and the maiden Endowed with Virtue begins 〔T10n0279 0419c14〕 and ends 〔0422b14 前〕. Seeking in accord with the teaching, and seeing, paying respect, and inquiring 0419c14–c18 · displaying their own Dharma gate, setting forth the name 0419c19–c20 · setting forth the ten illusions separately 0419c20–0420a02 · the concluding praise 0420a02 · humbling themselves and pointing to the superior 0420a02–a05 · adding their power in the unseen 0420a05–a07 · pointing out the place 0420a07–a11 · pointing out the person and displaying the reasons for his abiding there 0420a11–a22 · the eleven clauses of the teaching of the question 0420a22–a27 · setting forth generally that Maitreya’s virtue is round and his station full 0420a27–b05 · setting forth separately what a true good friend is 0420b05–b09 · warning away from the inferior and setting forth what he should not do 0420b09–b12 · the gates one should cultivate 0420b12–0420c28 · concluding briefly and displaying broadly 0420c28–0421a04 · the ten clauses of warning away from fault 0421a04–a10 · the thirty-five clauses of taking up the benefit 0421a10–a28 · the fourteen clauses of the direct setting forth of the guarding from without 0421a28–b09 · the forty-one clauses of taking up the causes of the guarding from without 0421b10–b25 · the ten similes of teaching him to call to mind the surpassing virtue of friends 0421b25–c03 · the twenty-one similes of the mind one should bring forth 0421c04–c19 · the ten pairs of setting self and friend face to face 0421c19–0422a11 · the concluding exhortation and the benefit it establishes 0422a11–a13 · the ten similes of praising again 0422a13–a23 · the ten clauses of lodging the numbers to conclude their multitude 0422a23–b03 · gathering all together to conclude their multitude 0422b03–b10 · cherishing their virtue and taking leave 0422b10–b13. The whole unit is four thousand four hundred and ninety-three graphs, and the verse lines are zero.
- Buddhabhadra T278 (the Jin rendering, the principal witness collated against): this section’s corresponding place begins 〔T09n0278 0767b08〕 (the end of fascicle fifty-seven to fascicle fifty-eight) and ends 〔0769c11 前〕. Seeing, paying respect, and inquiring 0767b08–b12 · setting forth the name and the ten illusions 0767b12–b23 · the concluding praise 0767b23–b24 · humbling themselves and pointing to the superior 0767b24–b26 · adding their power in the unseen 0767b26–b28 · the fascicle boundary (the end of fascicle fifty-seven · the beginning of fascicle fifty-eight) 0767b29–0767c05 · pointing out the place 0767c06–c10 · pointing out the person 0767c10–c16 · the ten questions of the teaching of the question 0767c16–c21 · glossing the reason 0767c21–0768a02 · warning away from the inferior 0768a02–a05 · the gates one should cultivate 0768a05–0769a08 · the ten similes 0769a09–a11 · the twenty-one minds one should bring forth 0769a12–a27 · the setting of self and friend face to face 0769a27–b15 · the ten similes of praising again 0769b15–b22 · lodging the numbers to conclude their multitude 0769b22–0769c03 · gathering all together to conclude their multitude 0769c03–c10 · the boundary-marking of the next unit 0769c11. The whole window is three thousand eight hundred and eighty-five graphs.
- Prajñā T293 (the forty-fascicle witness): this section’s corresponding place begins 〔T10n0293 0809a19〕 and ends 〔0816c23〕, the next passage beginning 〔0816c24〕 belonging to the next unit. The whole window is thirteen thousand and ninety-six graphs, exceeding the eighty and the sixty in length several times over; the two great passages of the two kinds of precepts and of the twelve ascetic practices are proper to the forty alone, seen at IV, clause nine.
- Chengguan, Huayan jing shu T35n1735: the direct gloss upon this section begins 0954b07 · the outline in six divisions: the first five at 0954b07–b10 (seeking in accord with the teaching · seeing, paying respect, and inquiring · displaying their own Dharma gate) · 0954c09 (humbling themselves and pointing to the superior) · 0954c10 (pointing out the next friend), the sixth, cherishing their virtue and taking leave, at 0955c07 · the gloss upon the setting forth of the name 0954b10–b11 · the general judgment upon the ten illusions 0954b12–b15 · the gloss upon the illusions one by one 0954b15–0954c03 · the gloss upon the concluding praise 0954c03–c09 · humbling themselves and pointing to the superior 0954c09 · pointing out the next friend 0954c10–c12 · the gloss upon the pointing out of the place 0954c12–c24 · the gloss upon the pointing out of the person 0954c24–0955a03 · the teaching of the question 0955a03–a08 · the gloss upon the reason for asking broadly 0955a08–a15 · the ninety-eight gates divided into ten passages 0955a15–a22 · concluding briefly and displaying broadly 0955a22–a23 · warning and exhorting him in serving friends 0955a23–a26 · the provisional and the real among good friends 0955a26–0955b01 · taking up the benefit to establish the explanation 0955b01–b06 · the guarding from without 0955b06–b16 · the fascicle boundary (the end of fascicle fifty-nine of the Shu · the beginning of fascicle sixty) 0955b17–b22 · the four passages of teaching and exhorting 0955b23–b29 · the concluding exhortation and the benefit it establishes 0955b29–0955c03 · the twofold conclusion of warning and exhorting 0955c03–c06 · the sixth, cherishing their virtue and taking leave, 0955c07 (the latter half of that same line, 「自下大文第三慈氏一人」 tr. “from here below is the third great division of the main text, Maitreya, one person,” 0955c07–c08, being the boundary-marking of the outline of the next unit). The judgment of the five marks and the even-handed words stand separately at 0918b02–b08.
- Chengguan, Yanyi chao T36n1736: the gloss proper to this section is 0692b24–0692c29 (glossing the Shu’s dharmas of the five classes 0692b25–b29 · the two kinds of the view of a self 0692c01–c04 · the distinguishing of causes 0692c05 · the non-concomitant formations 0692c05–c12 · impermanence, birth, and aging 0692c12–c19 · the citing of the Weishi upon the four marks 0692c19–c24 · the three inversions 0692c24–c29). The continuing passage of the Chao, 0693a01–0693a18, goes on to gloss the Shu’s words 「幻法非有」 tr. “an illusory dharma is not existent,” 「約事則其中」 tr. “taken as matter, then within it,” 「具云迷諦隸」 tr. “stated in full it is Midili,” and 「句各四事可知」 tr. “each clause has four matters, which may be known” (why the three inversions arise 0693a01–a02 · the three contemplations together with the departing from the four alternatives 0693a02–a05 · the non-obstruction of matter and principle and of matter and matter 0693a05–a07 · the glossing one by one of the four names of the storeyed pavilion 0693a07–a09 · Midili and the three conditions giving rise to one another in turn 0693a09–a12 · kindness abiding in dependence upon knowledge 0693a12–a13 · the four proximate conditions of the Nirvāṇa 0693a13–a17), ending at 「第二相竟」 tr. “the second mark is concluded” 〔0693a18〕; only thereafter does 「自下大文第三慈氏一人」 tr. “from here below is the third great division of the main text, Maitreya, one person” 〔0693a18–0693a19〕 open the next unit.
- Fazang, Tanxuan ji T35n1733: what bears upon this section falls in two passages. The former, 0486a18–0486b03 (the glossing of the two names 0486a18–a20 · the three divisions of displaying their own Dharma realm 0486a21–a24 · the opening and folding of the ten illusions 0486a24–a28 · the concluding praise 0486a28–b01 · concluding and pointing on, and the benefit 0486b01–b02 · the general conclusion of the great division 0486b02–b03). The latter, 0486b04–0487a07: 0486b04 is the boundary-marking of the outline of Maitreya that Fazang himself opens, yet what he glosses beneath it still answers to this unit’s scripture text — the five divisions as before, and the three of taking up the Dharma and exhorting cultivation 0486b06–b07 · pointing out the place 0486b07–b11 · pointing out the person, and the three conditions of Maitreya 0486b11–b19 · the four clauses praising what he does 0486b19–b21 · the ten questions of the teaching of the question 0486b21–b22 · glossing the reason for asking broadly 0486b22–b29 · the eighty clauses of the immeasurable divided into seven 0486b29–0486c07 · the seven divisions of directly exhorting the seeking of good friends 0486c07–0487a03 · the three of the benefit accomplished by according with the friend 0487a03–0487a07; from 〔0487a07〕 「明依教趣入」 tr. “setting forth the entering in accord with the teaching” onward belongs to the next unit.
- Li Tongxuan, Lun T36n1739: what bears upon this section is 1004c05–1004c25 (the glossing of the two names 1004c05–c07 · the glossing of the abiding in illusion 1004c08–c19 · the long outline of ten passages 1004c20–c21 · this section as the first passage 1004c22–c25).
- Zhiyan, Souxuan ji T35n1732: the clause of general gathering in the table of contents stands at 0090b08; the clause-by-clause gloss stands at 0103a22–0103c06 (the outline heading of Maitreya 0103a23–a24 · the three divisions and the five outlines of the first division 0103a24–a29 · displaying the friend who is the expedient, and the two youths 0103b01–b07 · the four of the dwelling place of the recompense-environment 0103b09–b11 · the friend’s name and virtue, and the ten clauses of the teaching of the question 0103b12–b13 · praising the virtue and exhorting the seeking 0103b14–0103c05 · the benefit of seeking the friend 0103b26–b28 · the benefit accomplished by concluding the practice 0103b28–0103c03), ending before 「第二依教趣入」 tr. “second, entering in accord with the teaching” 〔0103c06〕.
- Variant readings: within the range of T279 covered by this unit, 〔0419c14〕–〔0422b13〕, the Taishō base text carries 29 collation notes, recorded one by one without adjudication (base reading 【大】|variant readings of other witnesses, several witnesses separated by /): 〔0419c22〕一切世間皆幻……不可思議(凡165字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0419c25〕病【大】|無此字【宮】/無此字【南藏】(明註曰老下南藏無病,〔病〕-【宮】) · 〔0420a14〕又欲令彼同受……皆無相故(凡135字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0420b01〕已證一切菩薩……切佛神力(凡35字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0420b09〕善男子!汝不……量雜染心(凡156字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0420b24〕消【大】|銷【宮】【聖】 · 〔0420b24〕應消滅無量貪……善知識。(凡645字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0420c25〕別【大】|莂【明】 · 〔0421a04〕善男子!汝求……利益事。(凡411字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0421a09〕順【大】|無此字【明】 · 〔0421a21〕芽【大】|牙【聖】 · 〔0421a22〕密【大】|蜜【聖】 · 〔0421b05〕由善知識長養……。何以故(凡80字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0421b07〕道【大】|導【聖】 · 〔0421b19〕辦【大】|辯【聖】 · 〔0421b19〕能令成辦一切……切佛法門(凡105字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0421b23〕耀【大】|曜【宮】 · 〔0421b23〕消【大】|銷【宮】 · 〔0421b29〕如良醫,能治……死暴流故(凡40字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0421c01〕畏【大】|長【聖】 · 〔0421c04〕復次,善男子……教命故。(凡265字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0421c19〕復次,善男子……成熟想;(凡137字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0421c25〕檝【大】|艥【宮】【聖】 · 〔0421c28〕身生【大】|生身【明】 · 〔0422a01〕又應於自身生……生破怨想(凡66字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0422a08〕又應於自身生……王殿想。(凡46字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0422a11〕善男子!汝應……得清淨。(凡36字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0422a17〕鍊【大】|練【聖】 · 〔0422b03〕善男子!我復……能發起。(凡115字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】.
- Notes of the original printing, recorded for the record: 3 items (notes of the original Taishō printing / CBETA editorial remarks, carrying no
<app>collation and not counted among the Taishō collation notes listed above): 〔0420b09+〕〔應消…事〕千五十六字-【聖乙】 · 〔0421c01+〕〔復次…想〕四百二字-【聖乙】 · 〔0422a01+〕〔又應…淨〕八十二字-【聖乙】. - A further note upon the variant readings: 1 CBETA emendation (not counted among the Taishō collation notes listed above): 〔0420c10〕辦【CB】|辨【大】/辦【宋】【元】【明】【宮】/辯【聖】.
- A further note upon the variant readings: the interlinear notes have already been stripped and recorded at the layer of the source text.
- Entries not found: the Huayan jing zhigui T45n1871 · the Huayan jing kongmu zhang T45n1870 · the Huayan wujiao zhang T45n1866 · the Shixuan men T45n1868 · the Fajie xuanjing T45n1883 · the Cheng weishi lun T31n1585 · the She dasheng lun T31n1594 · the Jieshenmi jing T16n0676 · the Shidi jing lun T26n1522 — nine texts in all, in which a search for 「德生」 tr. “Virtue-Born” and 「幻住」 tr. “the abiding in illusion” gives no hits at all. The clause-by-clause gloss-passage of the Souxuan ji T35n1732 stands at 0103a22–0103c06, for which see VI, the section on Zhiyan; within it there is no hit graph for graph upon the three names 「德生」 tr. “Virtue-Born,” 「有德」 tr. “Endowed with Virtue,” or 「幻住」 tr. “the abiding in illusion” 〔not found: the terms searched were 「德生」 tr. “Virtue-Born,” 「有德」 tr. “Endowed with Virtue,” 「幻住」 tr. “the abiding in illusion”〕.